Enterprise

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical

Transport Platform
V100R019C10

Product Description

Issue 06
Date 2021-10-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2021. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: https://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description About This Document

About This Document

Product Version
The following table lists the product versions applicable to this documentation.

Product Name Product Version

OSN 1800 V100R019C10

iMaster NCE V100R019C00V100R020C10SPC200 and later

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
● Network planning engineers
● Data configuration engineers
● System maintenance engineers

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which,

if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if

not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if

not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description About This Document

Symbol Description

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if

not avoided, could result in equipment damage,
data loss, performance deterioration, or
unanticipated results. NOTICE is used to address
practices not related to personal injury.

Provides a tip that may help you solve a problem or

save time.

GUI Conventions
Convention Meaning

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog

titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by

the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create >
Folder.

Change History
Changes between document issues are cumulative. The latest document issue
contains all the changes made in earlier issues.

Updates in Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Based on Product Version V100R019C10

This is the sixth document issue for the V100R019C10 product version. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, this issue has been optimized.

Updates in Issue 05 (2021-01-30) Based on Product Version V100R019C10

This is the fifth document issue for the V100R019C10 product version. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, this issue has been optimized.

Updates in Issue 04 (2020-11-30) Based on Product Version V100R019C10

This is the fourth document issue for the V100R019C10 product version. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, this issue has been optimized.

Updates in Issue 03 (2020-09-30) Based on Product Version V100R019C10

This is the third document issue for the V100R019C10 product version. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue for OSN 1800
V100R019C10SPC700 provides the following updates.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description About This Document

Update Update Description

Type

4 Modified Updated the 4.1.1 Supported Service Types (1800

Supporte V), 4.1.2 Supported Service Types (1800 I&II
d Services Compact), 4.1.3 Supported Service Types (1800 I
Enhanced), 4.1.4 Supported Service Types (1800 II
Enhanced), 4.1.5 Supported Service Types (1800 II
TP), 4.2.5 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 II
TP), 4.1.6 Supported Service Types (1800 II Pro)
and 4.1.7 Supported Service Types (1800 V Pro).

Updates in Issue 02 (2020-07-30) Based on Product Version V100R019C10

This is the second document issue for the V100R019C10 product version.
Compared with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue for
OSN 1800 V100R019C10SPC600 provides the following updates.

Update Update Description

Type

1 Product Modified ● Updated the 1.5 Product Specifications (1800 II

Highlight Enhanced) and 1.6 Product Specifications (1800
s and II TP).
Specificati ● Added the 1.7 Product Specifications (1800 II
ons Pro) and 1.8 Product Specifications (1800 V
Pro).

4 Modified ● Updated the 4.1.1 Supported Service Types

Supporte (1800 V), 4.1.2 Supported Service Types (1800
d Services I&II Compact), 4.1.3 Supported Service Types
(1800 I Enhanced), 4.1.4 Supported Service
Types (1800 II Enhanced), 4.1.5 Supported
Service Types (1800 II TP) and 4.2.5 Supported
Service Capabilities (1800 II TP).
● Added the 4.1.6 Supported Service Types (1800
II Pro), 4.1.7 Supported Service Types (1800 V
Pro), 4.2.6 Supported Service Capabilities (1800
II Pro) and 4.2.7 Supported Service Capabilities
(1800 V Pro).

Entire Deleted Deleted the descriptions related to the TNF1SCC

document board because the TNF1SCC board is not applicable
to V100R019C10 and later versions. For details about
the TNF1SCC board, see the documents of
V100R009C00 and earlier versions.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description About This Document

Updates in Issue 01 (2020-01-20) Based on Product Version V100R019C10

This is the first document issue for the V100R019C10 product version. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue for OSN 1800
V100R019C10SPC300 provides the following updates.

Update Update Description

Type

1 Product Modified Updated the 1.7 Product Specifications (1800 II

Highlights Pro) and 1.8 Product Specifications (1800 V Pro).
and
Specificati
ons

4 Modified Updated the 4.1.1 Supported Service Types (1800

Supported V), 4.1.2 Supported Service Types (1800 I&II
Services Compact), 4.1.3 Supported Service Types (1800 I
Enhanced), 4.1.4 Supported Service Types (1800 II
Enhanced), 4.1.5 Supported Service Types (1800 II
TP) and 4.2.5 Supported Service Capabilities (1800
II TP).

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description Contents

Contents

About This Document................................................................................................................ ii

1 Product Highlights and Specifications............................................................................... 1
1.1 Product Highlights.................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Product Specifications (1800 V)......................................................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Product Specifications (1800 I&II Compact).................................................................................................................. 8
1.4 Product Specifications (1800 I Enhanced)....................................................................................................................10
1.5 Product Specifications (1800 II Enhanced).................................................................................................................. 13
1.6 Product Specifications (1800 II TP).................................................................................................................................16
1.7 Product Specifications (1800 II Pro)............................................................................................................................... 18
1.8 Product Specifications (1800 V Pro)............................................................................................................................... 20

2 Product Networking............................................................................................................. 24
3 System Architecture..............................................................................................................27
4 Supported Services................................................................................................................33
4.1 Supported Services Types................................................................................................................................................... 33
4.1.1 Supported Service Types (1800 V)...............................................................................................................................33
4.1.2 Supported Service Types (1800 I&II Compact)........................................................................................................40
4.1.3 Supported Service Types (1800 I Enhanced)............................................................................................................44
4.1.4 Supported Service Types (1800 II Enhanced).......................................................................................................... 46
4.1.5 Supported Service Types (1800 II TP).........................................................................................................................53
4.1.6 Supported Service Types (1800 II Pro)....................................................................................................................... 57
4.1.7 Supported Service Types (1800 V Pro)....................................................................................................................... 63
4.2 Supported Services Capabilities....................................................................................................................................... 68
4.2.1 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 V)................................................................................................................... 68
4.2.2 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 I&II Compact)............................................................................................ 72
4.2.3 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 I Enhanced)................................................................................................ 75
4.2.4 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 II Enhanced)...............................................................................................76
4.2.5 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 II TP)............................................................................................................. 79
4.2.6 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 II Pro)........................................................................................................... 81
4.2.7 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 V Pro)........................................................................................................... 83
4.3 Service Mapping.................................................................................................................................................................... 86
4.3.1 Mapping Client Services into ODUk Signals............................................................................................................ 86
4.3.2 Multiplexing and Mapping ODUk Signals into OTUk Signals........................................................................... 90

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description Contents

4.3.3 Mapping and Multiplexing SDH Services.................................................................................................................. 91

5 Product Features....................................................................................................................92
5.1 Line Rate.................................................................................................................................................................................. 93
5.2 OTN Feature........................................................................................................................................................................... 96
5.2.1 OTN Cross-Connection.................................................................................................................................................... 96
5.2.2 E2E Service Management Based on OTN Overheads........................................................................................... 97
5.2.3 Flexible Bandwidth Utilization Based on ODUflex................................................................................................ 98
5.2.4 Board-based ODUk ADM Grooming...........................................................................................................................99
5.3 Packet Feature..................................................................................................................................................................... 102
5.3.1 Ethernet Services Model (Packet)............................................................................................................................. 102
5.3.1.1 E-Line/E-LAN................................................................................................................................................................. 103
5.3.1.2 VPWS/VPLS.................................................................................................................................................................... 107
5.3.2 CES Services...................................................................................................................................................................... 109
5.3.3 Service Bearer Solutions and Technologies............................................................................................................ 110
5.3.3.1 Service Transmission Solutions............................................................................................................................... 110
5.3.3.2 Service Bearer Technologies.....................................................................................................................................110
5.3.4 Saving Tunnel Resources at Aggregation Nodes Using MS-PWs................................................................... 112
5.3.5 Multicast Applications based on IGMP Snooping................................................................................................ 114
5.3.6 Flexibly Planning VLANs based on QinQ................................................................................................................ 115
5.3.7 Service Quality Guarantee based on QoS.............................................................................................................. 116
5.3.8 Hierarchical Traffic Control based on HQoS......................................................................................................... 117
5.4 TDM Application................................................................................................................................................................. 119
5.4.1 SDH Services Application............................................................................................................................................. 119
5.4.2 Ethernet Services Application (EoS)......................................................................................................................... 120
5.4.3 Existing SDH Network Carrying Ethernet Services.............................................................................................. 124
5.5 PCM Feature......................................................................................................................................................................... 125
5.6 ROADM Feature.................................................................................................................................................................. 126
5.6.1 Basic Concepts..................................................................................................................................................................127
5.7 OTN + ROADM Feature.................................................................................................................................................... 128
5.8 Multi-Service Transmission over a Universal Line Board...................................................................................... 129
5.9 DWDM over CWDM Application................................................................................................................................... 130
5.10 Temperature-Hardened Feature (1800 I&II Compact)........................................................................................ 132
5.11 Redundancy and Protection......................................................................................................................................... 133
5.11.1 Network Level Protection.......................................................................................................................................... 133
5.11.2 Equipment-Level Protection...................................................................................................................................... 136
5.12 Automatic Optical Power Management.................................................................................................................. 141
5.12.1 AGC.................................................................................................................................................................................... 142
5.12.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 I Enhanced/1800 II Pro/1800 V Pro)
......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 144
5.12.3 Automatic Laser Shutdown (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP )...................................................................... 146
5.12.4 Intelligent Power Adjustment...................................................................................................................................148
5.12.5 OPA.................................................................................................................................................................................... 149

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description Contents

5.13 Clock Synchronization.................................................................................................................................................... 153

5.13.1 Why Does the WDM/OTN Network Need Clock Synchronization?............................................................ 153
5.13.2 Clock Synchronization Requirements of Service Networks............................................................................ 155
5.13.3 Frequency Synchronization Solutions.................................................................................................................... 157
5.13.4 Phase Synchronization Solutions.............................................................................................................................158
5.13.5 E2E WDM/OTN Clock Solution................................................................................................................................ 160
5.13.6 Introduction of Physical Clocks (OTN, Packet, and SDH)...............................................................................161
5.13.7 Introduction of IEEE 1588v2 (OTN & Packet).....................................................................................................162
5.13.8 Introduction of ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN & Packet).............................................................................163
5.14 ASON.................................................................................................................................................................................... 165

6 Network Management (NCE).......................................................................................... 167

6.1 Network Cloud Engine...................................................................................................................................................... 170
6.2 Inter-NE Communication Management Based on DCN....................................................................................... 172
6.2.1 DCN Network Application............................................................................................................................................172
6.2.2 DCN Implementation Scheme.................................................................................................................................... 173
6.2.3 DCN Design Requirements.......................................................................................................................................... 177
6.2.3.1 Related Concepts......................................................................................................................................................... 178
6.2.3.2 Networking Capability............................................................................................................................................... 181
6.2.3.3 Subnetting...................................................................................................................................................................... 182
6.2.3.4 Gateway NE Selection................................................................................................................................................ 182
6.3 Intra-NE Communication Management based on Master-Slave Shelf............................................................184
6.3.1 Comparison Between the Master-Slave Subrack Mode and the Traditional Hub Mode....................... 184
6.3.2 Master-Slave Subrack Network.................................................................................................................................. 185
6.4 Synchronization Between the NCE and NEs............................................................................................................. 187
6.5 Interfaces Between the NMS and OSS....................................................................................................................... 188

7 Operation and Maintenance............................................................................................ 191

7.1 Optical Doctor System...................................................................................................................................................... 197
7.2 Fiber Doctor System.......................................................................................................................................................... 200
7.3 Automatic Commissioning of Optical Power............................................................................................................203
7.4 Supervision and Communication Module.................................................................................................................. 204
7.5 Service Auto-adaption...................................................................................................................................................... 205
7.6 Cascading NEs..................................................................................................................................................................... 207
7.7 MPLS-TP OAM..................................................................................................................................................................... 207
7.8 ETH OAM.............................................................................................................................................................................. 212
7.8.1 Ethernet Service OAM................................................................................................................................................... 213
7.8.2 Ethernet Port OAM......................................................................................................................................................... 216
7.9 RMON..................................................................................................................................................................................... 219
7.10 Port Mirroring.................................................................................................................................................................... 223
7.11 PRBS Test (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 I Enhanced)....................................................................................224
7.12 PRBS Test (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP)............................................................................................................. 227
7.13 Loopback............................................................................................................................................................................. 234
7.14 Hot Patches........................................................................................................................................................................ 242

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. viii

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description Contents

7.15 Software Package Loading........................................................................................................................................... 243

7.16 Automatically Customized Package Loading......................................................................................................... 243

8 License Management......................................................................................................... 245

8.1 License Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 245
8.2 RTU.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 246

9 Nominal Central Wavelength and Frequency of the DWDM System.................... 249

10 Nominal Central Wavelengths of a CWDM System................................................. 251
11 Power Saving and Environment Protection................................................................252
11.1 Energy Saving (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 I Enhanced/1800 V Pro/1800 II Pro).............................252
11.1.1 Static Power Saving..................................................................................................................................................... 252
11.1.2 Dynamic Power Saving............................................................................................................................................... 252
11.1.3 Control and Monitoring of Power Saving Status...............................................................................................256
11.2 Energy Saving (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP)..................................................................................................... 257
11.3 Environment Protection................................................................................................................................................. 258

12 Environment Requirement..............................................................................................259
12.1 Storage Environment...................................................................................................................................................... 259
12.2 Transport Environment................................................................................................................................................... 261
12.3 Operation Environment................................................................................................................................................. 263

13 Complied Standards......................................................................................................... 269

13.1 ANSI Standards................................................................................................................................................................. 270
13.2 EMC Standards.................................................................................................................................................................. 270
13.3 Environment-Related Standards................................................................................................................................. 273
13.4 Fireproofing Standards................................................................................................................................................... 274
13.5 Grounding Standards...................................................................................................................................................... 275
13.6 IEEE Standards.................................................................................................................................................................. 275
13.7 IETF Standards.................................................................................................................................................................. 277
13.8 ITU-T Standards................................................................................................................................................................ 280
13.9 International Standards................................................................................................................................................. 288
13.10 Laser Safety Standards................................................................................................................................................ 289
13.11 MEF Standards................................................................................................................................................................ 289
13.12 Noise-related Standard................................................................................................................................................290
13.13 Safety-related Standards............................................................................................................................................. 290
13.14 EIA Standards.................................................................................................................................................................. 291

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

1 Product Highlights and Specifications

This topic describes product highlights and system specifications.

1.1 Product Highlights

This topic describes product highlights in terms of the architecture and technology.
1.2 Product Specifications (1800 V)
This topic describes the appearance and system specifications of the 1800 V
enhanced packet products.
1.3 Product Specifications (1800 I&II Compact)
This topic describes the appearance and specifications of the OptiX OSN 1800
compact multi-service edge optical transport platform.
1.4 Product Specifications (1800 I Enhanced)
This topic describes the appearance and system specifications of the 1800 I
Enhanced products.
1.5 Product Specifications (1800 II Enhanced)
This topic describes the appearance and system specifications of the 1800 II
Enhanced products.
1.6 Product Specifications (1800 II TP)
This topic describes the appearance and specifications of the 1800 II TP.
1.7 Product Specifications (1800 II Pro)
1.8 Product Specifications (1800 V Pro)

1.1 Product Highlights

This topic describes product highlights in terms of the architecture and technology.

Highlights of 1800 V Packet Enhanced

● MS-OTN compliance and compact design (5 U high), supporting access of
Any-rate services
– A single chassis supports full-granularity cross-connections and
multiplexing (only Z-series cross-connections support ODU3). It allows
for a maximum of 700 Gbit/s OTN capacity, 700 Gbit/s packet capacity,

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

280 Gbit/s SDH higher-order and 40 Gbit/s SDH lower-order capacities,

and supports ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, C2, flex). This significantly
improves line bandwidth usage.
– The 1800 V supports universal line boards, allowing services after being
scheduled on the OTN, SDH, PKT service planes to hitlessly share line
transmission bandwidth.
– Being highly integrated, each 1800 V chassis is 5 U high and provides a
maximum of 15 service slots.
– Targeted for metro edge applications, the 1800 V can be deployed as a
service access or aggregation node, and supports uniform of full services
(1.5 Mbit/s to 100 Gbit/s).
● Environment friendly, power saving, and easy to deploy and maintain
– Supports power saving and consumes low power in a typical
configuration, reducing OPEX for customers.
– Easy to deploy, supports installation in a 19-inch or ETSI cabinet and AC
and DC power supplies.
– Supports OTN inband management compliant with ITU-T G.709.
● Distinguished architecture, high reliability, and secure data transmission
– Provides various network-level protection schemes for all-around service
protection.
– Provides equipment-level protection: power supply protection, fan
protection, and 1+1 protection for system control, cross-connect, and
clock integrated boards.
● Built-in pulse code modulation (PCM) provides an all-in-one solution to
satisfy enterprise customers' requirements on low-speed service access. Built-
in PCM has the following features:
– Reduces types of devices, delayering the network.
– Operates on a universal transmission platform, facilitating network
expansion and evolution.
– Supports fast fault locating using the unified NMS.

Highlights of 1800 I/II Compact

● Transmission of all services over a single network
– Encapsulates all services, from low-rate services (such as FE services) to
high-bandwidth services, into OTN frames for transmission.
● Long-distance transmission
– The standard OTN interface supports the forward error correction (FEC)
function. After the OTN technology is applied to the traditional CWDM
system, a transmission distance of up to 120 km (33 dB) is supported, a
great improvement compared to the traditional 80 km limit.
– When an EDFA is added, the transmission can be further increased to 170
km, long enough for metro transmission.
● Lower maintenance expenditure and operation expenditure
– The service processing and switching equipment, network management
system (NMS), and OSS are all configured at the central node in the
system.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

– Transport equipment is deployed in unattended equipment rooms in

remote areas for wide coverage.
– ITU-T G.709-compliant OTN inband management is supported.
– SDH and WDM/OTN equipment are managed and maintained using the
same NMS.
● Hybrid networking of CWDM and DWDM
– This networking mode enables smooth upgrade from CWDM to DWDM.
● Environment-friendly with lower power consumption
– The "All over WDM/OTN" technology helps service equipment be
deployed centrally at large sites and directly connected to the client
equipment using the distance extension technology, reducing the number
of end nodes by 30% to 90%.
– The OptiX OSN 1800 uses DC/AC power supplies, boasting high
adaptability.
– The OptiX OSN 1800 has a box design and is highly integrated,
facilitating flexible deployment at any site.

Highlights of 1800 II Enhanced

● MS-OTN compliance, supporting access of any-rate services over a single
network
– A single chassis supports full-granularity cross-connections and
multiplexing. It allows for a maximum of 200 Gbit/s OTN capacity, 160
Gbit/s packet capacity, 50 Gbit/s SDH higher-order and 20 Gbit/s SDH
lower-order capacities, and supports ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, C2, flex).
– The 1800 II Enhanced supports universal line boards, allowing services
after being scheduled on the OTN, SDH, PKT service planes to hitlessly
share line transmission bandwidth.
– Encapsulates all services, from low-rate services (such as FE services) to
high-bandwidth services, into OTN frames for transmission.
● Environmentally Friendly, Power Saving, and Easy to Deploy and Maintain
– 2 U compact chassis: supports power saving and consumes low power in
a typical configuration, helping customers reduce their OPEX.
– Easy to deploy and supports a broad range of applications: 19-inch or
ETSI rack mounting and available in DC version.
– ITU-T G.709 compliant OTN inband management.
● Distinguished architecture, high reliability, and secure data transmission
– Provides various network-level protection schemes for all-around service
protection.
– Provides equipment-level protection: power supply protection, fan
protection, and 1+1 protection for system control, cross-connect, and
clock integrated boards.

Highlights of 1800 I Enhanced

● MS-OTN compliance, supporting access of any-rate services over a single
network

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

– A single chassis supports a maximum of 40 Gbit/s OTN capacity, 120

Gbit/s packet capacity, 42.5 Gbit/s SDH higher-order and 5 Gbit/s SDH
lower-order capacities.
● Environmentally Friendly, Power Saving, and Easy to Deploy and Maintain
– 1 U compact chassis: supports power saving and consumes low power in
a typical configuration, helping customers reduce their OPEX.
– Easy to deploy and supports a broad range of applications: 19-inch or
ETSI rack mounting and available in AC and DC power supplies.
– ITU-T G.709 compliant OTN inband management.
● Distinguished architecture, high reliability, and secure data transmission
– Provides network-level protection.
– Provides equipment-level protection: fan protection.

Highlights of 1800 II TP
● Unified Transmission
– All low-rate services and high-bandwidth services can be encapsulated
into OTN frames for unified transmission.
● Easy Deployment
– The case-shaped design features high integration and easy deployment at
any place.
● Intelligent O&M
– Real-time performance visualization and big data analysis for network
sub-health, shifting from passive to proactive O&M.
– OD/FD-based optical-layer visualization and online real-time monitoring.

Highlights of 1800 II Pro

● Convergence and Simplification
– Unified access and bearing of all-granularity services, bringing more
service connections, higher bandwidth efficiency, and lower latency.
– Ultra-broadband access of 1.5 Mbit/s to 100 Gbit/s services, including
PCM, PDH, SDH, OTN, and PKT services, meeting various service
requirements of industries.
● Ultra-Large Capacity
– Up to 700G OTN, 400G packet, 40G SDH higher-order, and 5G SDH
lower-order capacities per subrack.
– 2 U, high integration, and energy saving, reducing customer OPEX.
● Intelligent O&M
– Real-time performance visualization and big data analysis for network
sub-health, shifting from passive to proactive O&M.
– OD/FD-based optical-layer visualization and online real-time monitoring.

Highlights of 1800 V Pro

● Convergence and Simplification

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

– Unified access and bearing of all-granularity services, bringing more

service connections, higher bandwidth efficiency, and lower latency.
– Ultra-broadband access of 1.5 M bit/s to 100 Gbit/s services, including
PCM, PDH, SDH, and OTN services, meeting various service requirements
of industries.
● Ultra-Large Capacity
– Up to 2.8T OTN, 140G SDH higher-order, and 20G SDH lower-order
capacities per subrack.
– 4-fold increase in capacity, providing 200G per slot.
● Intelligent O&M
– Real-time performance visualization and big data analysis for network
sub-health, shifting from passive to proactive O&M.
– OD/FD-based optical-layer visualization and online real-time monitoring.

1.2 Product Specifications (1800 V)

This topic describes the appearance and system specifications of the 1800 V
enhanced packet products.

Table 1-1 Product appearance and specifications

Specifications Description

Product
appearance

Dimensions (H x 221 mm x 220 mm x 442 mm (excluding the handle)

D x W)

Weight (empty 8.0 kg (17.6 lb.)

chassis)

Mounting option ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300mm deep cabinet, such as A63B, N63B
● Mini Shelter cabinet

Number of slots ● DC-powered chassis: 15

for service boards ● AC-powered chassis: 12

Optical switching 1 to 9-degree ROADM

capability

Maximu OTN 700 Gbit/s

m
electric Packet 700 Gbit/s
service

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

al Higher order: 280 Gbit/s; lower order: 40 Gbit/s

switchin
TDM
g
capacity

Maximu DWDM 80 wavelengths

m
number CWDM 8 wavelengths
of
wavelen
gths

Center ● DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (C Band, ITU-T G.

wavelength range 694.1)
● CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (S+C+L Band, ITU-T G.
694.2)

Service types SDH/SONET service, PDH service, OTN service, Ethernet

service, PCM service, CPRI service, OBSAI service, SAN
service, video service, and others

Maximum rate 200 Gbit/s

per channel

Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 50 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, 200 Gbit/s

Maximum total of 50
OSN 810 and NOTE
OSN 850 devices The quantity depends on the number of C12X5&C15Xn boards and
managed by each the boards interconnected with the OSN 850 devices which are
OSN 1800 V inserted in the OSN 1800 V

Pluggable optical/ ● Optical module: SFP/eSFP, XFP, SFP+, QSFP+, TXFP, CFP,
electrical module CFP2, QSFP28
● Electrical module: GE SFP, STM-1 SFP

Topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring-with-chain, intersecting

rings, tangent rings, and mesh networking

Network level Client 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection, ODUk

protection (OTN) SNCP, optical line protection, tributary SNCP, and LPT

Network level Tunnel APS, PW APS/FPS, MC-PW APS, MC-LAG, LPT, LAG,
protection ERPS, MRPS, LMSP, packet SNCP
(packet)

Network level ● SDH protection: SNCP, linear MSP, ring MSP, TPS
protection (TDM) ● EoS protection: LAG, DLAG, LCAS, LPT, BPS, and STP/
RSTP
● PCM protection: E1 SNCP, 64K SNCP, Hitless protection
switching

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Equipment level ● Control, cross-connect, and clock integrated board

protection redundancy
● Power supply redundancy
● Fan redundancy

Optical power ALS, AGC, OPA, IPA

management

Maintenance ● MPLS-TP OAM

● ETH OAM
● Port mirroring
● Port traffic mirroring (packet)
● Loopback
● PRBS
● LLDP

Easy O&M Optical Doctor System, Fiber Doctor System

Synchronization ● Physical-layer clock (OTN + Packet + SDH)

● IEEE 1588v2 (OTN + Packet)
● ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN + Packet)

ASON OTN network: Electrical-Layer ASON and Optical-Layer

ASON (only Z-series cross-connections support).
OCS network: SDH ASON (Z5UXCMS/Z5XCS)
OCS network: 2M ASON (Z5UXCMS/Z5XCS)

Power supply DC power input

● Standard working voltage: -48 V to -60 V
● Working voltage range: -40 V to -72 V
AC power input
● Standard operating voltage: 100 V to 240 V
● Operating voltage range: 90 V to 264 V

Runnin Chassis ● Long-term: -5°C to +50°C

g temper ● Short-terma : -10°C to +55°C
environ ature
ment
Chassis ● Long-term: 5% to 85%
relative ● Short-term: 5% to 95%
humidit
y

ETSI ETSI Class 3.1

confor NOTE
mity The ETSI standards define the temperature and humidity
environment of the equipment.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Reliabili MTTR 1 hours

ty (system
Specific mean
ations repair
time)

MTBF 129.63 years

(system
mean
fault
interval
)

Availabi 99.9999119%
lity

a: A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive operating hours and the

total time of short-term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.

1.3 Product Specifications (1800 I&II Compact)

This topic describes the appearance and specifications of the OptiX OSN 1800
compact multi-service edge optical transport platform.

Table 1-2 Product appearance and specifications

Specifications OptiX OSN 1800 I OptiX OSN 1800 II
Chassis Chassis

Product appearance

Dimensions (H x D x 44 mm x 220 mm x 442 88 mm x 220 mm x 442

W) mm (excluding handle) mm (excluding handle)

Weight (empty chassis) 2.6 kg (5.7 lb.) 3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)

Installation mode ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300mm deep cabinet, such as A63B, N63B
● F01S300 cabinet (only when working with F3SCC)
● Wall-mounted

Number of slots for ● DC-powered chassis: 3 ● DC-powered chassis: 7

service boards ● AC-powered chassis: 1 ● AC-powered chassis: 5

Optical switching 1 to 9-degree ROADM

capability

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications OptiX OSN 1800 I OptiX OSN 1800 II

Chassis Chassis

Maximum number of ● DWDM: 80 wavelengths

wavelengths ● CWDM: 8 wavelengths

Center Wavelength ● DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (C Band, ITU-T

range G.694.1)
● CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (S+C+L Band, ITU-T
G.694.2)

Service types supported SDH/SONET service, PDH service, OTN service,

Ethernet service, CPRI service, OBSAI service, SAN
service, Video service and others

Max. rate per channel 200 Gbit/s

Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 50Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, 200 Gbit/s

Maximum total of OSN 50

810 and OSN 850 NOTE
devices managed by The quantity depends on the number of C12X5&C15Xn
each OSN 1800 NE boards and the boards interconnected with the OSN 850
devices which are inserted in the OSN 1800 NE .

Pluggable optical/ ● Optical module: SFP/eSFP, XFP, SFP+, QSFP+, TXFP,

electrical module CFP, CFP2, QSFP28
● Electrical module: GE SFP

Topology Point to point, Chain, Star, Ring

Network level Client 1+1 protection, Intra-Board 1+1 protection,

protection (OTN) ODUk SNCP, optical line protection, and LPT

Network level ERPS, LAG, LPT (service-based), MSTP, STP and RSTP,
protection (TDM) VLAN SNCP

Equipment level Power Redundancy, Fan Redundancy

protection

Optical power ALS, AGC, OPA, IPA

management

Maintenance ● ETH OAM

● Loopback
● PRBS

Easy O&M Optical Doctor System, Fiber Doctor System

Synchronization ● Physical-layer clock (OTN + SDH)

● IEEE 1588v2 (OTN)
● ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications OptiX OSN 1800 I OptiX OSN 1800 II

Chassis Chassis

Power supply DC power input

● Standard working voltage: -48 V to -60 V
● Working voltage range: -40 V to -72 V
AC power input
● Standard operating voltage: 100 V to 240 V
● Operating voltage range: 90 V to 264 V

Runni Chassis ● Long-term: -5°C to +55°C

ng temperature ● Short-terma: -10°C to +55°C
enviro
nment Chassis ● Long-term: 5% to 85%
relative ● Short-term: 5% to 95%
humidity

ETSI ETSI Class 3.1

conformity NOTE
The ETSI standards define the temperature and humidity
environment of the equipment.

Reliab MTTR (system 1 hours

ility mean repair
Specifi time)
cation
s MTBF (system 146.80 years
mean fault
interval)

Availability 99.9999222%

a: A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive operating hours and the

total time of short-term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.

1.4 Product Specifications (1800 I Enhanced)

This topic describes the appearance and system specifications of the 1800 I
Enhanced products.

Table 1-3 Product appearance and specifications

Specifications Description

Product appearance

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Dimensions (H x D x W) 44 mm x 220 mm x 442 mm (excluding handle)

Weight (empty chassis, 2.5 kg (5.5 lb)

including PIU and FAN)

Weight (empty chassis, 4 kg (8.8 lb)

including APIU and FAN)

Mounting option ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300mm deep cabinet, such as A63B, N63B
● Wall-mounted

Number of slots for ● DC-powered chassis: 2

service boards ● AC-powered chassis: 1

Electrical OTN 40 Gbit/s

switching
capacity Packet ● 120 Gbit/s (128 Bytes)
service ● Packet processing capacity: 126 Mpps (64 Bytes)

TDM Higher order: 42.5 Gbit/s; lower order: 5 Gbit/s

Maximum DWDM 80 wavelengths

number of
wavelengths CWDM 8 wavelengths

Center Wavelength ● DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (C Band, ITU-

range T G.694.1)
● CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (S+C+L Band, ITU-T
G.694.2)

Service types OTN service, Liquid OTN service, SDH service, PDH
service, Ethernet service

Maximum rate per 10 Gbit/s

channel

Line rate 2.5Gbit/s, 10Gbit/s

Pluggable optical/ ● Optical module: SFP/eSFP

electrical module ● Electrical module: GE SFP, STM-1 SFP

Topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring-with-chain,

intersecting rings, and tangent rings

Network level protection ODUk SNCP, LPT, OSUflex SNCP

(OTN)

Network level protection Tunnel APS, PW APS, LPT, LAG, ERPS, packet SNCP
(packet)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Network level protection ● SDH protection: SNCP, linear MSP

(TDM) ● EoS protection: LAG, DLAG, LCAS, LPT, BPS, and
STP/RSTP

Equipment level Fan redundancy

protection

Optical power ALS

management

Maintenance ● MPLS-TP OAM

● ETH OAM
● Port mirroring (EoS)
● Loopback
● PRBS
● LLDP

Synchronization Physical-layer clock (OTN + Packet + SDH)

Power supply DC power input

● Standard working voltage: -48 V to -60 V
● Working voltage range: -40 V to -72 V
AC power input
● Standard operating voltage: 100 V to 240 V
● Operating voltage range: 90 V to 264 V

Running Chassis ● Long-term: -5°C to +65°C

environmen temperat ● Short-terma: -20°C to +65°C
t ure

Chassis ● Long-term: 5% to 85%

relative ● Short-term: 5% to 95%
humidity

ETSI ETSI Class 3.1

conformit NOTE
y The ETSI standards define the temperature and humidity
environment of the equipment.

Reliability MTTR 1 hours

Specificatio (system
ns mean
repair
time)

MTBF 35.94 years

(system
mean
fault
interval)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Availabilit 99.9996823%
y

a: A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive operating hours and the

total time of short-term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.

1.5 Product Specifications (1800 II Enhanced)

This topic describes the appearance and system specifications of the 1800 II
Enhanced products.

Table 1-4 Product appearance and specifications

Specifications Description

Product appearance

Dimensions (H x D x W) 88 mm x 220 mm x 442 mm (excluding handle)

Weight (empty chassis) 3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)

Mounting option ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300mm deep cabinet, such as A63B, N63B
● F01S300 cabinet

Number of slots for ● DC-powered chassis: 6

service boards ● AC-powered chassis: 4

Optical switching 9-degree ROADM

capability

OTN ● OTN+PKT+SDH: 160 Gbit/s

● OTN+SDH: 200 Gbit/s
Electrical
switching Packet ● 160 Gbit/s (128 Bytes)
capacity service ● Packet processing capacity: 150 Mpps (64 Bytes)

TDM Higher order: 50 Gbit/s; lower order: 20 Gbit/s

Maximum DWDM 80 wavelengths

number of
wavelengths CWDM 8 wavelengths

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Center Wavelength DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (C Band, ITU-T

range G.694.1)
CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (S+C+L Band, ITU-T G.
694.2)

Service types SDH/SONET service, PDH service, OTN service, PCM

service, Ethernet service, CPRI service, OBSAI service,
SAN service, video service, and others

Maximum rate per 200Gbit/s

channel

Line rate 2.5Gbit/s, 10Gbit/s, 50Gbit/s, 100Gbit/s, 200Gbit/s

Maximum total of OSN 50

810 and OSN 850 NOTE
devices managed by The quantity depends on the number of C12X5&C15Xn
each OSN 1800 NE boards and the boards interconnected with the OSN 850
devices which are inserted in the OSN 1800 NE.

Pluggable optical/ ● Optical module: SFP/eSFP, XFP, SFP+, QSFP+,

electrical module TXFP, CFP, CFP2, QSFP28
● Electrical module: GE SFP, STM-1 SFP

Topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring-with-chain,

intersecting rings, and tangent rings

Network level protection Client 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection,

(OTN) ODUk SNCP, optical line protection, tributary SNCP,
and LPT

Network level protection Tunnel APS, PW APS/FPS, LPT, LAG, ERPS, LMSP,
(packet) packet SNCP, MRPS

Network level protection ● SDH protection: SNCP, linear MSP, ring MSP
(TDM) ● EoS protection: LAG, DLAG, LCAS, LPT, BPS, and
STP/RSTP

Equipment level ● Control, cross-connect, and clock integrated board

protection redundancy
● Power supply redundancy
● Fan redundancy

Optical power ALS, AGC, OPA, IPA

management

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Maintenance ● MPLS-TP OAM

● ETH OAM
● Port mirroring (EoS)
● Port traffic mirroring (packet)
● Loopback
● PRBS
● LLDP

Easy O&M Optical Doctor System, Fiber Doctor System

Synchronization ● Physical-layer clock (OTN + Packet + SDH)

● IEEE 1588v2 (OTN + Packet)
● ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN + Packet)

ASON OTN network: Optical-Layer ASON (only Z2UXCL

supports).

Power supply DC power input

● Standard working voltage: -48 V to -60 V
● Working voltage range: -40 V to -72 V
AC power input
● Standard operating voltage: 100 V to 240 V
● Operating voltage range: 90 V to 264 V

Running Chassis ● Long-term: -5°C to +50°C

environmen temperat ● Short-terma: -10°C to +55°C
t ure

Chassis ● Long-term: 5% to 85%

relative ● Short-term: 5% to 95%
humidity

ETSI ETSI Class 3.1

conformit NOTE
y The ETSI standards define the temperature and humidity
environment of the equipment.

Reliability MTTR 1 hours

Specificatio (system
ns mean
repair
time)

MTBF 135.87 years

(system
mean
fault
interval)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Availabilit 99.999916%
y

a: A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive operating hours and the

total time of short-term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.

1.6 Product Specifications (1800 II TP)

This topic describes the appearance and specifications of the 1800 II TP.

Table 1-5 Appearance and specifications

Specifications Description

Product appearance

Dimensions (H x D x W) 88.1 mm x 220 mm x 442 mm (excluding

handle)

Installation mode ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300mm deep cabinet, such as A63B,
N63B

Number of slots for service DC-powered chassis: 7

boards AC-powered chassis: 5

Optical-layer cross-connect 1 to 9-degree ROADM

capacity

Wavelength ● DWDM: 80 wavelengths

● CWDM: 8 wavelengths

Center wavelength range ● DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (C Band,

ITU-T G.694.1)
● CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (S+C+L Band,
ITU-T G.694.2)

Service types supported SDH/SONET service, OTN service, Ethernet

service, CPRI service, SAN service, video service
and others

Max. rate per channel 200 Gbit/s

Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, 200 Gbit/s

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Specifications Description

Pluggable optical/electrical ● Optical module: SFP/eSFP, XFP, SFP+, QSFP+,

module QSFP28, CFP, CFP2
● Electrical module: GE SFP

Topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring

Network level protection Client 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1

(OTN) protection, ODUk SNCP, optical line protection,
and LPT

Equipment level protection Power Redundancy, fan redundancy

Optical power management ALS, AGC, IPA

Maintenance ● Loopback
● PRBS

Easy O&M Optical Doctor System, Fiber Doctor System

Synchronization ● Physical-layer clock (OTN)

● IEEE 1588v2 (OTN)
● ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN)

Power supply DC power input

● Standard operating voltage: -48 V to -60 V
● Operating voltage range: -40 V to -72 V
AC power input
● Standard operating voltage: 100 V to 240 V
● Operating voltage range: 90 V to 264 V

Running Chassis ● Long-term: -5°C to +55°C

environ temperature ● Short-terma: -10°C to +55°C
ment
Chassis relative ● Long-term: 5% to 85%
humidity ● Short-term: 5% to 95%

ETSI conformity ETSI Class 3.1

NOTE
The ETSI standards define the temperature and
humidity environment of the equipment.

Reliabilit MTTR (system 1 hours

y mean repair time)
Specifica
tions MTBF (system 62.37 years
mean fault
interval)

Availability 99.999817%

a: A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive operating hours and the

total time of short-term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

1.7 Product Specifications (1800 II Pro)

Table 1-6 appearance and specifications
Item Description

Appearance

Dimensions (H x D x W, 88.1 x 220 x 442 (excluding mounting ears)

unit: mm)

Weight (empty chassis) 4.9 kg

Installation mode ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300 mm deep cabinet, such as A63B, and
N63B

Number of service DC: 6

board slots AC: 4

Optical-layer cross- 1 to 9-degree ROADM

connect capacity

Electrical OTN 700 Gbit/s

switching
capacity Packet 400 Gbit/s

TDM Higher order: 40 Gbit/s; lower order: 5 Gbit/s

Maximum DWDM 80
number of
wavelengt CWDM 8
hs

Center wavelength DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (C band, ITU-T G.

range 694.1)
CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (S+C+L band, ITU-T G.
694.2)

Supported service types SDH/SONET, PDH, OTN, Ethernet, PCM, CPRI, SAN,
video, and other services

Maximum rate per 200 Gbit/s

channel

Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, and 200 Gbit/s

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Item Description

Supported pluggable ● Optical module: SFP/eSFP, XFP, SFP+, QSFP+, TXFP,

optical/electrical CFP, CFP2, and QSFP28
modules ● Electrical module: GE SFP

Network topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring with chain,

intersecting ring, and tangent ring

Network-level Client 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection,

protection (OTN) ODUk SNCP, optical line protection, tributary SNCP,
and LPT

Network-level Tunnel APS, PW APS/FPS, LPT, LAG, ERPS, and packet

protection (packet) SNCP

Network-level ● SDH protection: SNCP, linear MSP, ring MSP, TPS,

protection (TDM) E1 SNCP, 64K SNCP, and hitless protection
switching
● EoS protection: LAG, DLAG, LCAS, LPT, and STP/
RSTP

Equipment-level ● Backup of cross-connect, system control, and clock

protection units
● Power supply backup
● Fan redundancy

Optical power ALS, AGC, OPA, and IPA

management

Maintenance ● MPLS-TP OAM

● ETH OAM
● Port mirroring (EoS)
● Port traffic mirroring (packet)
● Loopback
● PRBS
● LLDP

Easy O&M Optical Doctor (OD) and Fiber Doctor (FD)

Synchronization ● Physical-layer clock (OTN + Packet + SDH)

● IEEE 1588v2 (OTN + Packet)
● ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN + Packet)

Power supply DC power input

● Standard operating voltage: -48 V to -60 V
● Operating voltage range: -40 V to -72 V
AC power input
● Standard operating voltage: 100 V to 240 V
● Operating voltage range: 90 V to 264 V

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Item Description

Equipment Subrack ● Long-term: -5°C to +50°C

operating temperatur ● Short-terma: -10°C to +55°C
environme e
nt
Subrack ● Long-term: 5% to 85%
RH ● Short-term: 5% to 95%

ETSI ETSI Class 3.1

conformity NOTE
The ETSI standards define the temperature and humidity
environment of the equipment.

Reliability MTTR 1 hours

Specificati (system
ons mean
repair
time)

MTBF 44.68 years

(system
mean fault
interval)

Availability 99.9997445%

a: A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive hours and the total time
of short-term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.

1.8 Product Specifications (1800 V Pro)

Table 1-7 appearance and specifications
Item Description

Appearance

Dimensions (H x D x 221.5 x 220 x 442 (excluding mounting ears)

W, unit: mm)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Item Description

Weight (empty ● 10.6 kg (DC Chassis)

chassis, without ● 12.3 kg (AC Chassis: Dual power supplies)
packaging and SCC
boards) ● 14.5 kg (AC Chassis: Four power supplies)

Installation mode ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300 mm deep cabinet, such as A63B, and N63B

Number of service ● DC chassis: 14

board slots ● AC chassis: 12

Optical-layer cross- 1 to 9-degree ROADM

connect capacity

Electrical OTN 2.8Tbit/s

switching
capacity TDM K5SXCH: Higher order: 140 Gbit/s; lower order: 20
Gbit/s

Maximu DWDM 80
m
number CWDM 8
of
waveleng
ths

Center wavelength DWDM: 1529.16 nm to 1560.61 nm (C band, ITU-T G.

range 694.1)
CWDM: 1471 nm to 1611 nm (S+C+L band, ITU-T G.
694.2)

Supported service SDH/SONET, PDH, OTN, Ethernet, PCM, CPRI, SAN,

types video, and other services

Maximum rate per 200 Gbit/s

channel

Line rate 2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s, and 200 Gbit/s

Supported pluggable ● Optical module: SFP/eSFP, XFP, SFP+, QSFP+, TXFP,

optical/electrical CFP, CFP2, and QSFP28
modules ● Electrical module: GE SFP

Network topology Point-to-point, chain, star, ring, ring with chain,

intersecting ring, tangent ring, and mesh networking

Network-level Client 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection, ODUk

protection (OTN) SNCP, optical line protection, tributary SNCP, and LPT

Network-level ● SDH protection: SNCP, linear MSP, ring MSP, TPS, E1

protection (TDM) SNCP, 64K SNCP, and hitless protection switching
● EoS protection: LAG, DLAG, LCAS, LPT, and STP/RSTP

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Item Description

Equipment-level ● Backup of cross-connect, system control, and clock

protection units
● Power supply backup
● Fan redundancy

Optical power ALS, AGC, OPA, and IPA

management

Maintenance ● ETH OAM (EoS)

● Port mirroring (EoS)
● Loopback
● PRBS

Easy O&M Optical Doctor (OD) and Fiber Doctor (FD)

Synchronization ● Physical-layer clock (OTN + SDH)

● IEEE 1588v2 (OTN)
● ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN )

Standard working DC power input

voltage ● Standard operating voltage: -48 V to -60 V
● Operating voltage range: -40 V to -72 V
AC power input
● Standard operating voltage: 100 V to 240 V
● Operating voltage range: 90 V to 264 V

Installation mode ● 19-inch cabinet

● ETSI 300 mm deep cabinet, such as N63E, N63B, and
A63B

Equipme Subrack ● Long-term: -5°C to +50°C

nt temperat ● Short-terma: -10°C to +55°C
operating ure
environm
ent Subrack ● Long-term: 5% to 85%
RH ● Short-term: 5% to 95%

ETSI ETSI Class 3.1

conformit NOTE
y The ETSI standards define the temperature and humidity
environment of the equipment.

Reliability MTTR 1 hours

Specificat (system
ions mean
repair
time)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 1 Product Highlights and Specifications

Item Description

MTBF 52.03 years

(system
mean
fault
interval)

Availabilit 99.9997806%
y

a: A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive hours and the total time
of short-term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 2 Product Networking

2 Product Networking

The WDM equipment is targeted for metro edge node applications. It supports
OTN, packet, and TDM services and can interconnect existing WDM equipment for
the service extension purpose.

OSN 1800 Product Portfolio

Each OSN 1800 product can transmit and receive services of a wide range of
types, can be flexibly configured, is easy to install, and supports smooth upgrades
from legacy OTN equipment to MS-OTN equipment.

Table 2-1 OSN 1800 product portfolio

Prod Appearance Characteristic

uct

1800 1800 I Compact: ● Height: 1 U (OptiX

I/II OSN 1800 I Compact);
Com 2 U (OptiX OSN 1800
pact II Compact)
1800 II Compact: ● OTN equipment
supporting only OTN
services
● Applied at the
metropolitan access
layer

1800 ● Height: 5 U
V ● MS-OTN equipment
supporting OTN,
packet, and TDM
services and a unified-
switching architecture
● Applied at the
metropolitan access
and metropolitan
convergence layer

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 2 Product Networking

Prod Appearance Characteristic

uct

1800 ● Height: 1 U
I ● MS-OTN equipment
Enha supporting OTN,
nced packet, and TDM
services and a unified-
switching architecture
● Applied at the
metropolitan access
layer

1800 ● Height: 2 U
II ● MS-OTN equipment
Enha supporting OTN,
nced packet, and TDM
services and a unified-
switching architecture
● Applied at the
metropolitan access
layer
● Compared with the
OptiX OSN 1800 II
Packet, the OptiX OSN
1800 II Enhanced has
a larger service access
capacity.

1800 ● Height: 2 U
II TP ● OTN equipment
supporting only OTN
services
● Applied at the
metropolitan access
layer

1800 ● Height: 2 U
II Pro ● MS-OTN equipment
supporting OTN,
packet, and TDM
services and a unified-
switching architecture
● Applied at the
metropolitan access
layer

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 2 Product Networking

Prod Appearance Characteristic

uct

1800 ● Height: 5 U
V Pro ● MS-OTN equipment
supporting a unified-
switching architecture
● Applied at the
metropolitan access
and metropolitan
convergence layer

Position of the WDM equipment in the Network Hierarchy

Figure 2-1 illustrates the position of the WDM equipment in the network
hierarchy.

Figure 2-1 Position of the WDM equipment in the network hierarchy

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 3 System Architecture

3 System Architecture

This topic describes the function units of the WDM equipment and relationships
between different units.
The WDM equipment uses a three-layer (Layer 0, Layer 1, and Layer 2)
architecture. At Layer 2, Ethernet/MPLS-TP switching is performed. At Layer 1,
ODUk/VC switching is performed. At Layer 0, wavelength-based switching is
performed.

Figure 3-1 System architecture of the WDM equipment series

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 3 System Architecture

Figure 3-2 System architecture of the WDM equipment series

NOTE

The 1800 I Enhanced implements the liquid OTN function on line boards.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 3 System Architecture

Figure 3-3 System architecture of the WDM equipment series

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 3 System Architecture

Figure 3-4 System architecture of the WDM equipment series

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 3 System Architecture

Figure 3-5 System architecture of the WDM equipment series

● Optical layer boards include optical multiplexer/demultiplexer boards, fixed

optical add and drop multiplexing boards, reconfigurable optical add and drop
multiplexing board, optical amplifier (OA) boards, and optical protection
boards. They process optical services and provide wavelength-level service
grooming.
● Optical transponder unit (OTU) boards, TDM boards, packet boards, universal
line boards, OTN tributary boards, and OTN line boards process service signals
and perform O-E-O conversion.
● The packet boards, TDM boards, and universal line boards provide Layer 2
functions and can process Ethernet private line and Ethernet private network
services.
● The SCC board is the center of the system. It collaborates with the NMS to
manage all boards of the system and implement inter-equipment
communication.
● The system control, switching, and timing board supports the communication
control, service grooming, and clock processing functions. It collaborates with
the NMS to manage all boards of the system and provides system clock
signals and frame header signals to all service boards in an NE and
synchronizes the NE time to the time of the upstream NE. In this manner, it
achieves clock/time synchronization for the NE.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 3 System Architecture

● Power redundancy and fan redundancy are provided to ensure high system
reliability.
● The auxiliary interface board provides clock/time input/output ports and
alarm input/output ports.
● Communication, service grooming, and clock synchronization between all
boards are achieved through backplane buses including control and
communication buses, clock buses, and power supply buses.
NOTE

For details about the boards supported by WDM equipment, see "Board Category" in the
Hardware Description.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

4 Supported Services

4.1 Supported Services Types

4.2 Supported Services Capabilities
4.3 Service Mapping
This topic describes how client signals are mapped into ODUk signals and how
ODUk signals are then mapped and multiplexed into OTUk signals.

4.1 Supported Services Types

4.1.1 Supported Service Types (1800 V)

Table 4-1 Types of services supported

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

SDH STM-1 155.52 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, ITU-T G.707

ELOM, TOA, TTA, ITU-T G.691
TSP, C15Xn (n=5,
10) ITU-T G.957

TDM: SL1Q, ITU-T G.693

SLNO, SL41Q, ITU-T G.783
SL41O ITU-T G.825
Packet: CQ1

STM-4 622.08 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2,

ELOM, TOA, TTA,
C15Xn (n=5, 10)
TDM: SL4D,
SLNO, SL41Q,
SL41O

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

STM-16 2.488 Gbit/s OTN: LQM2,

ELOM, TOA, TTA,
C15Xn (n=5, 10)
TDM: SLNO,
SL16Q, SL16S

STM-64 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

TQX, TDX, LTX,
LTXM, LSX, TTA,
LDCA
TDM: SL64D,
SL64S

SONE OC-3 155.52 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM, GR-253-CORE

T LQM2, TTA, TOA GR-1377-CORE
OC-12 622.08 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM, ANSI T1.105
LQM2, TTA, TOA

OC-48 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

LQM2, TTA, TOA

OC-192 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

TQX, TDX, LTX,
LTXM, LSX, TTA,
LDCA

PDH E1 2.048 Mbit/s E1 electrical E1 electrical

service: service:
● TDM: SP3D, ITU-T G.703
TPS, DMS, ITU-T G.823
PD1, PL1
ITU-T G.783
● Packet: MD1
ITU-T G.824
● OTN: TSP
ITU-T G.742
2M optical
service: PF4E8 2M optical
service:
Compatible with
C37.94

T1 1.544 Mbit/s TDM: SP3D, TPS, ITU-T G.703

DMS, PD1, PL1 ITU-T G.823
OTN: TSP ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.783

E3 34.368 Mbit/s TDM: PL3T ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

T3 44.736 Mbit/s TDM: PL3T ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.824

E4 139.264 Mbit/s TDM: PL4D ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.751

PCM DDN Nx64 kbit/s (N = DXM ITU-T G.703

service- 1 to 31)
Nx64 kbit/s
service (N =
1 to 31)

DDN 2.048Mbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

service- ITU-T G.704
Framed E1
service

Sub-rate 0 to 64 kbit/s DXM ITU-T X.50

service ITU-T V.110
ITU-T I.460

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
codirection
al service

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
contradirect
ional
service

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-Z
interface
extension
service

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-
Hotline
service

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

Audio - AT8 ITU-T G.712

service-2- EIA RS-464
or 4-wire
audio and
E&M
service

OTN OTU1 2.67 Gbit/s OTN: TOA, ITU-T G.709

ELOM, TTA ITU-T G.959.1
OTU2 10.71 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, TQX,
TDX, LTX, LTXM,
LSX, TTA, LDCA

OTU2e 11.10 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, TQX,

TDX, LTX, LTXM,
LSX, TTA, LDCA

OTU4 111.81Gbit/s OTN: LSC, LSCG,

LSCM, TSC,
LDCA, LDCD, LDC

Ethern FE Interface rate: OTN: LQM2, IEEE 802.3u

et (electrical 125 Mbit/s ELOM, TOA, CE6,
signal) Service rate: 100 TTA, B1LDCA
Mbit/s Packet: EM20
TDM: EFS8

FE (optical Interface rate: OTN: LQM2,

signal) 125 Mbit/s ELOM, TOA, CE6,
Service rate: 100 TTA, B1LDCA
Mbit/s Packet: EM20,
EG10
TDM: EGS4/
EGS4D, EMS10

GE Interface rate: OTN: LQM2, IEEE 802.3ab

(electrical 1.25 Gbit/s ELOM, TOA, CE6,
signal) Service rate: 1 TTA, C12X5,
Gbit/s C15Xn (n=5, 10),
B1LDCA
Packet: EM20,
EG10
TDM: EGS4/
EGS4D, EMS10

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

GE (optical Interface rate: OTN: LQM2, IEEE 802.3z

signal) 1.25 Gbit/s ELOM, TOA, CE6,
Service rate: 1 TTA, C12X5,
Gbit/s C15Xn (n=5, 10),
B1LDCA
Packet: EM20,
EG10
TDM: EGS4/
EGS4D, EMS10

10GE LAN 10.31 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM, IEEE 802.3ae

TQX, TDX, LTX,
LTXM, LSX, CE6,
TTA, C12X5,
C15Xn (n=5, 10),
LDCA
Packet: EM20,
EX4
TDM: EMS10

10GE WAN 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

TQX, TDX, LTX,
LTXM, LSX, TTA,
LDCA

25GE LAN 25.78Gbit/s OTN: B1LDCA, IEEE 802.3by

/25GE B1LTX
LAN_FEC

40GE 40Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX, IEEE 802.3ba

(QSFP+) F3LTX, B1LDCA,
B1LTX

40GE (MPO 40Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX,

fiber F3LTX, LDCA
jumper)

50GE 50Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX,

B1LDCA

100GE 103.125Gbit/s OTN: LSC, LSCG,

LSCM, TSC, EC1,
LDCA, LDCD, LDC

SAN FC100, 1.06 Gbit/s OTN: LQM2, ANSI X3.230

FICON ELOM, TOA, CE6, ANSI X3.296
(Fiber TTA
Connect) ANSI X3.303

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

FC200, 2.12 Gbit/s OTN: LQM2,

FICON ELOM, TOA, CE6,
Express TTA

ESCON 200 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2,

(Enterprise ELOM, TOA, TTA
Systems
Connection
)

FC400, 4.25 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

FICON 4G TOA, CE6, TTA

FC800, 8.45 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

FICON 8G TQX, TDX, LTX,
LTXM, F2LSX,
CE6, TTA, LDCA

FC1200, 10.51 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

FICON 10G TQX, TDX, LTX,
LTXM, F2LSX,
CE6, TTA, LDCA

FC1600 14.025Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX,

F3LTX, LDCA

FC3200 28.05Gbit/s OTN: F3LTX,

LDCA

FDDI 125 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM, TTA, ISO 9314

TOA

InfiniBand 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, InfiniBandTM

2.5G F2LTX, F3LTX, Architecture
TTA, F6TOA, Release 1.2.1
LDCA

InfiniBand 5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

5G F2LDX, F2LTX,
F3LTX, CE6, TTA,
LDCA

InfiniBand 10 Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX,

10G F3LTX, TTA, LDCA

ISC 1G 1.06 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, TTA, IBM GDPS

F6TOA (Geographically
Dispersed
ISC 2G 2.12 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, TTA, Parallel Sysplex)
F6TOA Protocol

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

Distrib CPRI option 1.229 Gbit/s (2 x OTN: ELOM, CPRI

uted 2 614.4 Mbit/s) LQM2, C12X5, Specification
base C15Xn (n=5, 10), V4.1
statio F2CP6
n
interfa CPRI option 2.458 Gbit/s (4 x OTN: ELOM,
ce 3 614.4 Mbit/s) LQM2, C12X5,
service C15Xn (n=5, 10),
F2CP6

CPRI option 3.072 Gbit/s (5 x OTN: C12X5,

4 614.4 Mbit/s) C15Xn (n=5, 10),
F2CP6

CPRI option 4.915 Gbit/s (8 x OTN: C12X5,

5 614.4 Mbit/s) C15Xn (n=5, 10),
F2CP6

CPRI option 6.144 Gbit/s (10 OTN: ELOM,

6 x 614.4 Mbit/s) C12X5, C15Xn
(n=5, 10), F2CP6

CPRI option 9.83 Gbit/s (16 x OTN: ELOM,

7 614.4 Mbit/s) C12X5, C15Xn
(n=5, 10), F2CP6

CPRI option 10.138 Gbit/s (20 OTN: C15Xn

8 x 506.88 Mbit/s) (n=5, 10)

Open OBSAI 4x 3.072 Gbit/s OTN: C12X5, OBSAI RP3

base C15Xn (n=5, 10), Specification_V4.
statio OBSAI 8x 6.144 Gbit/s F2CP6 2
n
interfa
ce
service

Video DVB-ASI 270 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, EN 50083-9

and ELOM, TOA, TTA
audio
service SD-SDI 270 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, SMPTE 259M
ELOM, TOA, TTA

HD-SDI 1.485 Gbit/s, OTN: LQM2, SMPTE 292M

1.4835 Gbit/sa ELOM, TOA, TTA

3G-SDI 2.97 Gbit/s, 2.96 OTN: ELOM, SMPTE 424M

Gbit/sa TOA, TTA

MADI 125 Mbit/s OTN: TOA, TTA AES10-2008

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Rate Board Reference

e Standards
Categ Service
ory Type

FE: Fast Ethernet

GE: Gigabit Ethernet
ESCON: Enterprise systems connection
FICON: Fiber connect
FC: Fiber channel
DVB-ASI: Digital video broadcasting-asynchronous serial interface
SD-SDI: Serial digital interface, as specified in the SMPTE-259M, SD-SDI is also
called SDI.
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
3G-SDI: 3G-serial digital interface
CPRI: Distributed base station interface
OBSAI: Open base station interface
a: The SMPTE 292M standard defines HD-SDI rates of 1.485 Gbit/s and
1.485/1.001 Gbit/s and 3G-SDI rates of 2.97 Gbit/s and 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s. The
factor of 1/1.001 is provided to be compatible with the existing National
Television System Committee (NTSC) system, which is an analog television
system used in North America, parts of Latin America, South Korea, Japan, and
some Pacific island nations and territories.

4.1.2 Supported Service Types (1800 I&II Compact)

Table 4-2 Types of services supported

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

SDH STM-1 155.52 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM, TSP, ITU-T G.707
C15Xn (n=5, 10) ITU-T G.691
STM-4 622.08 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM, ITU-T G.957
C15Xn (n=5, 10) ITU-T G.693
STM-16 2.488 Gbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM, ITU-T G.783
C15Xn (n=5, 10) ITU-T G.825

STM-64 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: LSX, LDX, ELOM,

LTX, LTXM, LDCA

SONE OC-3 155.52 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM, LQM2 GR-253-CORE

T GR-1377-CORE
OC-12 622.08 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM, LQM2

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

OC-48 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, LQM2 ANSI T1.105

OC-192 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: LSX, LDX, ELOM,

LTX, LTXM, LDCA

PDH E1 2.048 Mbit/s OTN: TSP ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.742

T1 1.544 Mbit/s OTN: TSP ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.783

OTN OTU1 2.67 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM ITU-T G.709

OTU2 10.71 Gbit/s ITU-T G.959.1

OTN: LSXa, LDX, LTX,
LTXM, LDCA
OTU2e 11.10 Gbit/s

OTU4 111.81 Gbit/s OTN: LSC, LSCG, LSCM,

LDCA, LDC, LDCD

Ethern FE Interface rate: OTN: LQM2, ELOM, CE6, IEEE 802.3u

et (electric 125 Mbit/s B1LDCA
al Service rate:
signal) 100 Mbit/s

FE Interface rate: OTN: LQM2, ELOM, CE6,

(optical 125 Mbit/s B1LDCA
signal) Service rate:
100 Mbit/s

GE Interface rate: OTN: LQM2, ELOM, CE6, IEEE 802.3ab

(electric 1.25 Gbit/s C12X5, C15Xn (n=5, 10),
al Service rate: 1 B1LDCA
signal) Gbit/s

GE Interface rate: OTN: LQM2, ELOM, CE6, IEEE 802.3z

(optical 1.25 Gbit/s C12X5, C15Xn (n=5, 10),
signal) Service rate: 1 B1LDCA
Gbit/s

10GE 10.31 Gbit/s OTN: LSX, LDX, ELOM, IEEE 802.3ae

LAN CE6, LTX, LTXM, C12X5,
C15Xn (n=5, 10), LDCA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

10GE 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: LSX, LDX, ELOM,

WAN LTX, LTXM, LDCA

25GE 25.78Gbit/s OTN: C12X10, C12X10P, IEEE 802.3by

LAN/ B1LDCA, B1LTX
25GE
LAN_FE
C

40GE 40 Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX, F3LTX, IEEE 802.3ba

(QSFP+) B1LDCA, B1LTX

40GE 40 Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX, F3LTX,

(MPO LDCA
fiber
jumper)

50GE 50Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA

100GE 103.125 Gbit/s OTN: LSC, LSCG, LSCM,

LDC, LDCD

SAN FC100/ 1.06 Gbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM, CE6 ANSI X3.230
FICON ANSI X3.296
FC200/ 2.12 Gbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM, CE6 ANSI X3.303
FICON
Express

ESCON 200 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM

FC400/ 4.25 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, CE6

FICON
4G

FC800/ 8.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LSX, LDX, ELOM,

FICON CE6, LTX, LTXM, LDCA
8G

FC1200/ 10.51 Gbit/s OTN: F2LSX, LDX, ELOM,

FICON CE6, LTX, LTXM, LDCA
10G

FC1600 14.025 Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX, F3LTX, LDCA

FC3200 28.05 Gbit/s OTN: F3LTX, LDCA

FDDI 125 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM ISO 9314

InfiniBa 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, F2LTX, InfiniBandTM

nd 2.5G F3LTX, LDCA Architecture
Release 1.2.1

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

InfiniBa 5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, F2LTX,

nd 5G F3LTX, F2LDX, CE6, LDCA

InfiniBa 10 Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX, F3LTX, LDCA

nd 10G

ISC 1G 1.06 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM IBM GDPS

(Geographicall
ISC 2G 2.12 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM y Dispersed
Parallel
Sysplex)
Protocol

Distrib CPRI 1.229 Gbit/s (2 OTN: F2LQM2, ELOM, CPRI

uted option 2 x 614.4 Mbit/s) F2CP6, C12X5, C15Xn Specification
base (n=5, 10) V4.1
statio
n CPRI 2.458 Gbit/s (4 OTN: F2LQM2, ELOM,
interfa option 3 x 614.4 Mbit/s) F2CP6, C12X5, C15Xn
ce (n=5, 10)
service CPRI 3.072 Gbit/s (5 OTN: C12X5, F2CP6,
option 4 x 614.4 Mbit/s) C15Xn (n=5, 10)

CPRI 4.915 Gbit/s (8 OTN: CP6, C12X5, C15Xn

option 5 x 614.4 Mbit/s) (n=5, 10)

CPRI 6.144 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, F2CP6,

option 6 (10 x 614.4 C12X5, C15Xn (n=5, 10)
Mbit/s)

CPRI 9.83 Gbit/s (16 OTN: ELOM, F2CP6, ,

option 7 x 614.4 Mbit/s) C12X5, C15Xn (n=5, 10)

CPRI 10.138 Gbit/s OTN: C15Xn (n=5, 10)

option 8 (20 x 506.88
Mbit/s)

Open OBSAI 3.072 Gbit/s OTN: C12X5, F2CP6, OBSAI RP3

base 4x C15Xn (n=5, 10) Specification_V
statio 4.2
n OBSAI 6.144 Gbit/s
interfa 8x
ce
service

Video DVB-ASI 270 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM EN 50083-9

service
SD-SDI 270 Mbit/s OTN: LQM2, ELOM SMPTE 259M

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

HD-SDI 1.485 Gbit/s or OTN: LQM2, ELOM SMPTE 292M

1.4835 Gbit/s

3G-SDI 2.97 Gbit/s or OTN: ELOM SMPTE 424M

2.96 Gbit/s

FE: Fast Ethernet

GE: Gigabit Ethernet
ESCON: Enterprise systems connection
FICON: Fiber connect
FC: Fiber channel
DVB-ASI: Digital video broadcasting-asynchronous serial interface
SD-SDI: Serial digital interface, as specified in the SMPTE-259M, SD-SDI is also
called SDI.
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
3G-SDI: 3G-serial digital interface
CPRI: Distributed base station interface
OBSAI: Open base station interface
a: The preceding table applies to all PCB versions if no PCB version is specified.
For example, LSX includes F1LSX and F2LSX.

4.1.3 Supported Service Types (1800 I Enhanced)

Table 4-3 Types of services supported

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

SDH STM-1 155.52 Mbit/s SLNO, A1UXCL ITU-T G.707

(G12A), CQ1 ITU-T G.691
STM-4 622.08 Mbit/s SLNO, A1UXCL ITU-T G.957
(G12A) ITU-T G.693
ITU-T G.783
STM-16 2.488 Gbit/s SLNO, A1UXCL
(SLND), A1UXCL ITU-T G.825
(G12A)

STM-64 9.95 Gbit/s A1UXCL (SLND)

OTN: A1UXCL
(G12A)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

PDH E1 2.048 Mbit/s SP3D, MD1 ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.742

T1 1.544 Mbit/s SP3D ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.783

E3 34.368 Mbit/s PL3T ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823

T3 44.736 Mbit/s PL3T ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.824

Ethern FE Interface rate: A1UXCL (G12A), IEEE 802.3u

et (electrical 125 Mbit/s EFS8
signal) Service rate: 100
Mbit/s

FE (optical Interface rate: EG10, A1UXCL

signal) 125 Mbit/s (G12A), EGS4,
Service rate: 100 EMS10
Mbit/s

GE Interface rate: EG10, A1UXCL IEEE 802.3ab

(electrical 1.25 Gbit/s (G12A), EGS4,
signal) Service rate: 1 EMS10
Gbit/s

GE (optical Interface rate: EG10, A1UXCL IEEE 802.3z

signal) 1.25 Gbit/s (G12A), EGS4,
Service rate: 1 EMS10
Gbit/s

10GE LAN 10.31 Gbit/s A1UXCL(EX2), IEEE 802.3ae

A1UXCL (G12A)

10GE WAN 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: A1UXCL

(G12A)

FE: Fast Ethernet

GE: Gigabit Ethernet

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

4.1.4 Supported Service Types (1800 II Enhanced)

Table 4-4 Types of services supported

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

SDH STM-1 155.52Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, ITU-T G.707

ELOM, F6TOA, ITU-T G.691
F6TTA, TSP,
C15Xn (n=5, 10) ITU-T G.957

TDM: SL1Q, ITU-T G.693

SLNO, ITU-T G.783
UXCL(SLN), ITU-T G.825
SL41Q
Packet: CQ1

STM-4 622.08Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2,

ELOM, F6TOA,
F6TTA, C15Xn
(n=5, 10)
TDM: SL4D,
SLNO,
UXCL(SLN),
SL41Q

STM-16 2.488Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2,

ELOM, F6TOA,
F6TTA, C15Xn
(n=5, 10)
TDM: SLNO,
UXCL(SLN),
SL16S

STM-64 9.95Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

LTX, LTXM, LSX,
F6TTA, LDCA
TDM:
UXCL(SL64)

SONE OC-3 155.52 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM, GR-253-CORE

T F2LQM2, F6TTA, GR-1377-CORE
F6TOA
ANSI T1.105
OC-12 622.08 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM,
F2LQM2, F6TTA,
F6TOA

OC-48 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

F2LQM2, F6TTA,
F6TOA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

OC-192 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

LTX, LTXM, LSX,
F6TTA, LDCA

PDH E1 2.048Mbit/s E1 electrical E1 electrical

service: service:
● TDM: SP3D, ITU-T G.703
TPS, DMS, ITU-T G.823
PD1
ITU-T G.783
● Packet: MD1
ITU-T G.824
● OTN: TSP
ITU-T G.742
2M optical
service: PF4E8 2M optical
service:
Compatible with
C37.94

T1 1.544Mbit/s TDM: SP3D, TPS, ITU-T G.703

DMS, PD1 ITU-T G.823
OTN: TSP ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.783

E3 34.368Mbit/s TDM: PL3T ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.823

T3 44.736Mbit/s TDM: PL3T ITU-T G.703

ITU-T G.824

PCM DDN Nx64 kbit/s (N = DXM ITU-T G.703

service- 1 to 31)
Nx64 kbit/s
service (N =
1 to 31)

DDN 2.048Mbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

service- ITU-T G.704
Framed E1
service

Sub-rate 0 to 64 kbit/s DXM ITU-T X.50

service ITU-T V.110
ITU-T I.460

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
codirection
al service

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
contradirect
ional
service

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-Z
interface
extension
service

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-
Hotline
service

Audio - AT8 ITU-T G.712

service-2- EIA RS-464
or 4-wire
audio and
E&M
service

OTN OTU1 2.67Gbit/s OTN: F6TOA, ITU-T G.709

ELOM, F6TTA ITU-T G.959.1
OTU2 10.71Gbit/s OTN: LDX, LTX,
LTXM, LSX,
F6TTA, LDCA

OTU2e 11.10Gbit/s OTN: LDX, LTX,

LTXM, LSX,
F6TTA, LDCA

OTU4 111.81Gbit/s OTN: LSC, LSCG,

LSCM, LDCA,
LDC, LDCD

Ethern FE Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2, IEEE 802.3u

et (electrical 125 Mbit/s ELOM, F6TOA,
signal) Service rate: 100 CE6, F6TTA,
Mbit/s B1LDCA
TDM: EFS8

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

FE (optical Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2,

signal) 125 Mbit/s ELOM, F6TOA,
Service rate: 100 CE6, F6TTA,
Mbit/s B1LDCA
Packet: EG10,
EG4C
TDM: EGS4,
EMS10

GE Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2, IEEE 802.3ab

(electrical 1.25 Gbit/s ELOM, F6TOA,
signal) Service rate: 1 CE6, F6TTA,
Gbit/s C12X5, C15Xn
(n=5, 10),
B1LDCA
Packet: EG10,
EG4C
TDM: EGS4,
EMS10

GE (optical Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2, IEEE 802.3z

signal) 1.25 Gbit/s ELOM, F6TOA,
Service rate: 1 C12X5, CE6,
Gbit/s F6TTA, C15Xn
(n=5, 10),
B1LDCA
Packet: EG10,
EG4C
TDM: EGS4,
EMS10

10GE LAN 10.31Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM, IEEE 802.3ae

C12X5, LTX,
LTXM, LSX, CE6,
F6TTA, C15Xn
(n=5, 10), LDCA,
C12X10, C12X10P
Packet: EX4,
UXCL(EX1)
TDM: EMS10

10GE WAN 9.95Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

LTX, LTXM, LSX,
F6TTA, LDCA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

25GE LAN 25.78Gbit/s OTN: B1LDCA, IEEE 802.3by

/25GE B1LTX
LAN_FEC

40GE 40Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX, IEEE 802.3ba

(QSFP+) F3LTX, B1LDCA,
B1LTX

40GE (MPO 40Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX,

fiber F3LTX, LDCA
jumper)

50GE 50Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX,

B1LDCA

100GE 103.125Gbit/s LSC, LSCG, LSCM,

LDCA, LDC,
LDCD

SAN FC100/ 1.06Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, ANSI X3.230

FICON ELOM, F6TOA, ANSI X3.296
CE6, F6TTA
ANSI X3.303
FC200/ 2.12Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2,
FICON ELOM, F6TOA,
Express CE6, F6TTA

ESCON 200Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2,

ELOM, F6TOA,
F6TTA

FC400/ 4.25Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

FICON 4G F6TOA, CE6,
F6TTA

FC800/ 8.5Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

FICON 8G LTX, LTXM,
F2LSX, CE6,
F6TTA, LDCA

FC1200/ 10.51Gbit/s OTN: LDX, ELOM,

FICON 10G LTX, LTXM,
F2LSX, CE6,
F6TTA, LDCA

FC1600 14.025Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX,

F3LTX, LDCA

FC3200 28.05Gbit/s OTN: F3LTX,

LDCA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

FDDI 125 Mbit/s OTN: ELOM, ISO 9314

F6TTA, F6TOA

InfiniBand 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, InfiniBandTM

2.5G F2LTX, F3LTX, Architecture
F6TTA, F6TOA, Release 1.2.1
LDCA

InfiniBand 5 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

5G F2LDX, F2LTX,
F3LTX, CE6,
F6TTA, LDCA

InfiniBand 10 Gbit/s OTN: F2LTX,

10G F3LTX, F6TTA,
LDCA

ISC 1G 1.06 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, IBM GDPS

F6TTA, F6TOA (Geographically
Dispersed
ISC 2G 2.12 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, Parallel Sysplex)
F6TTA, F6TOA Protocol

Distrib CPRI option 1.229 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM, CPRI

uted 2 F2LQM2, C12X5, Specification
base C15Xn (n=5, 10), V4.1
statio F2CP6
n
interfa CPRI option 2.458 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,
ce 3 F2LQM2, C12X5,
C15Xn (n=5, 10),
F2CP6

CPRI option 3.072 Gbit/s OTN: C12X5,

4 C15Xn (n=5, 10),
F2CP6

CPRI option 4.915 Gbit/s OTN: C12X5,

5 C15Xn (n=5, 10),
F2CP6

CPRI option 6.144 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

6 C12X5, C15Xn
(n=5, 10), F2CP6

CPRI option 9.83 Gbit/s OTN: ELOM,

7 C12X5, C15Xn
(n=5, 10), F2CP6

CPRI option 10.138 Gbit/s OTN: C15Xn

8 (n=5, 10)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

Open OBSAI 4x 3.072Gbit/s OTN: C12X5, OBSAI RP3

base C15Xn (n=5, 10), Specification_V4.
statio OBSAI 8x 6.144Gbit/s F2CP6 2
n
interfa
ce
service

Video DVB-ASI 270Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, EN 50083-9

service ELOM, F6TOA,
F6TTA

SD-SDI 270Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, SMPTE 259M

ELOM, F6TOA,
F6TTA

HD-SDI 1.485Gbit/s, OTN: F2LQM2, SMPTE 292M

1.4835Gbit/sa ELOM, F6TOA,
F6TTA

3G-SDI 2.97Gbit/s, OTN: ELOM, SMPTE 424M

2.96Gbit/sa F6TOA, F6TTA

MADI 125 Mbit/s OTN: TOA, TTA AES10-2008

FE: Fast Ethernet

GE: Gigabit Ethernet
ESCON: Enterprise systems connection
FICON: Fiber connect
FC: Fiber channel
DVB-ASI: Digital video broadcasting-asynchronous serial interface
SD-SDI: Serial digital interface, as specified in the SMPTE-259M, SD-SDI is also
called SDI.
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
3G-SDI: 3G-serial digital interface
CPRI: Distributed base station interface
OBSAI: Open base station interface
a: The SMPTE 292M standard defines HD-SDI rates of 1.485 Gbit/s and
1.485/1.001 Gbit/s and 3G-SDI rates of 2.97 Gbit/s and 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s. The
factor of 1/1.001 is provided to be compatible with the existing National
Television System Committee (NTSC) system, which is an analog television
system used in North America, parts of Latin America, South Korea, Japan, and
some Pacific island nations and territories.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

4.1.5 Supported Service Types (1800 II TP)

Table 4-5 Types of services supported
Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference
e Type Standards
Categ
ory

SDH STM-1 155.52 Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ITU-T G.707

B1ELOM ITU-T G.691
STM-4 622.08 Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ITU-T G.957
B1ELOM ITU-T G.693
STM-16 2.488 Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ITU-T G.783
B1ELOM ITU-T G.825

STM-64 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, F2ELOM,

B1LTX, B1ELOM, B1LDX,
B1LDCA, K1MDCA

SONE OC-3 155.52 Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, GR-253-CORE

T B1ELOM GR-1377-CORE
OC-12 622.08 Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ANSI T1.105
B1ELOM

OC-48 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,

B1ELOM

OC-192 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, F2ELOM,

B1LTX, B1ELOM, B1LDX,
B1LDCA, K1MDCA

OTN OTU1 2.67 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM ITU-T G.709

OTU2 10.71 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, B1LTX, ITU-T G.959.1

B1LDX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA

OTU2e 11.10 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, B1LTX,

B1LDX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA

OTU4 111.81 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCD,

B1LDC, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA

Ethern FE Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, IEEE 802.3u

et (electric 125 Mbit/s B1ELOM, B1LDCA,
al Service rate: K1MDCA
signal) 100 Mbit/s

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

FE Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,

(optical 125 Mbit/s B1ELOM, B1LDCA,
signal) Service rate: K1MDCA
100 Mbit/s

GE Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, IEEE 802.3ab

(electric 1.25 Gbit/s B1ELOM, B1LDCA,
al Service rate: 1 K1MDCA
signal) Gbit/s

GE Interface rate: OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, IEEE 802.3z

(optical 1.25 Gbit/s B1ELOM, B1LDCA,
signal) Service rate: 1 K1MDCA
Gbit/s

10GE 10.31 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, F2ELOM, IEEE 802.3ae

LAN B1LTX, B1ELOM,
B1LDCA, B1LDX,
K1MDCA

10GE 9.95 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, F2ELOM,

WAN B1LDCA, B1LTX,
B1ELOM, B1LDX,
K1MDCA

25GE 25.78Gbit/s OTN: B1LDCA, B1LTX, IEEE 802.3by

K1MDCA

40GE 40Gbit/s OTN: B1LDCA, B1LTX, IEEE 802.3ba

(QSFP+) K1MDCA

40GE 40Gbit/s OTN: B1LDCA

(MPO
fiber
jumper)

50GE 50Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

K1MDCA

100GE 103.125 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

B1LDCD, B1LDC,
K1MDCA

SAN FC100/ 1.06 Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ANSI X3.230

FICON B1ELOM ANSI X3.296
FC200/ 2.12 Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ANSI X3.303
FICON B1ELOM
Express

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

ESCON 200 Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,

B1ELOM

FC400/ 4.25 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

FICON
4G

FC800/ 8.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, F2ELOM,

FICON B1LTX, B1ELOM, B1LDX,
8G B1LDCA, K1MDCA

FC1200/ 10.51 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, F2ELOM,

FICON B1LTX, B1ELOM, B1LDX,
10G B1LDCA, K1MDCA

FC1600 14.025Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, K1MDCA

FC3200 28.05Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, K1MDCA

FDDI 125 Mbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM ISO 9314

InfiniBa 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, InfiniBandTM

nd 2.5G K1MDCA Architecture
Release 1.2.1
InfiniBa 5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, F2ELOM,
nd 5G B1LTX, B1ELOM, B1LDX,
K1MDCA

InfiniBa 10 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, K1MDCA

nd 10G

ISC 1G 1.06 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM IBM GDPS

(Geographicall
ISC 2G 2.12 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM y Dispersed
Parallel
Sysplex)
Protocol

Distrib CPRI 1.229 Gbit/s (2 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, CPRI

uted option 2 x 614.4 Mbit/s) B1ELOM Specification
base V4.1
statio CPRI 2.458 Gbit/s (4 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,
n option 3 x 614.4 Mbit/s) B1ELOM
interfa CPRI 3.072 Gbit/s (5 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM
ce option 4 x 614.4 Mbit/s)
service
CPRI 6.144 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM
option 6 (10 x 614.4
Mbit/s)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servic Service Service Rate Board Reference

e Type Standards
Categ
ory

CPRI 9.83 Gbit/s (16 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

option 7 x 614.4 Mbit/s)

Video DVB-ASI 270 Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, EN 50083-9

service B1ELOM

SD-SDI 270 Mbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, SMPTE 259M

B1ELOM

HD-SDI 1.485 Gbit/s, OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, SMPTE 292M

1.4835 Gbit/sa B1ELOM

3G-SDI 2.97 Gbit/s, OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM SMPTE 424M

2.96 Gbit/sa

FE: Fast Ethernet

GE: Gigabit Ethernet
ESCON: Enterprise systems connection
FICON: Fiber connect
FC: Fiber channel
DVB-ASI: Digital video broadcasting-asynchronous serial interface
SD-SDI: Serial digital interface, as specified in the SMPTE-259M, SD-SDI is also
called SDI.
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
3G-SDI: 3G-serial digital interface
CPRI: Distributed base station interface
a: The SMPTE 292M standard defines HD-SDI rates of 1.485 Gbit/s and
1.485/1.001 Gbit/s and 3G-SDI rates of 2.97 Gbit/s and 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s. The
factor of 1/1.001 is provided to be compatible with the existing National
Television System Committee (NTSC) system, which is an analog television
system used in North America, parts of Latin America, South Korea, Japan, and
some Pacific island nations and territories.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

4.1.6 Supported Service Types (1800 II Pro)

Table 4-6 Types of services supported
Servi Service Type Service Board Reference
ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

SDH STM-1 155.52 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ITU-T G.707

Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA ITU-T G.691
TDM (optical signal): ITU-T G.957
K1SLNO, B1SL41Q,
B1SL41O ITU-T G.693
ITU-T G.783
STM-4 622.08 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,
ITU-T G.825
Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
TDM: K1SLNO, B1SL41Q,
B1SL41O

STM-16 2.488 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,

Gbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
TDM: K1SLNO, K1SL16Q,
B1SL16S

STM-64 9.95 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
TDM: K1SL64S

SONE OC-3 155.52 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, GR-253-CORE

T Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA GR-1377-CORE
OC-12 622.08 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ANSI T1.105
Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA

OC-48 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,

B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA

OC-192 9.95 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

PDH E1 2.048Mbit E1 electrical service: E1 electrical

/s TDM: F1SP3D, B1DMS, service:
B1PD1 ITU-T G.703
2M optical service: PF4E8 ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.742
2M optical
service:
Compatible
with C37.94

T1 1.544Mbit TDM: F1SP3D, B1DMS, ITU-T G.703

/s B1PD1 ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.783

PCM DDN service- Nx64 DXM ITU-T G.703

Nx64 kbit/s kbit/s (N
service (N = 1 = 1 to 31)
to 31)

DDN service- 2.048Mbit DXM ITU-T G.703

Framed E1 /s ITU-T G.704
service

Sub-rate 0 to 64 DXM ITU-T X.50

service kbit/s ITU-T V.110
ITU-T I.460

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
codirectional
service

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
contradirectio
nal service

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-Z
interface
extension
service

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-
Hotline
service

Audio - AT8 ITU-T G.712

service-2- or EIA RS-464
4-wire audio
and E&M
service

OTN OTU1 2.67 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ITU-T G.709

Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA ITU-T G.959.1
OTU2 10.71 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,
Gbit/s B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

OTU2e 11.10 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

OTU4 111.81 OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

Gbit/s K1MDCA, B1LDCD,
B1LDC, K1TDC

Ether FE (electrical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IEEE 802.3u

net signal) rate: 125 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Mbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service PKT: K1EX10
rate: 100 TDM: B1EFS8
Mbit/s

FE (optical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM,

signal) rate: 125 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Mbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service PKT: K1EX10
rate: 100 TDM: B1EMS10, B1EGS4
Mbit/s

GE (electrical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IEEE 802.3ab

signal) rate: 1.25 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Gbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service PKT: K1EX10
rate: 1 TDM: B1EMS10, B1EGS4
Gbit/s

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

GE (optical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IEEE 802.3z

signal) rate: 1.25 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Gbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service PKT: K1EX10
rate: 1 TDM: B1EMS10, B1EGS4
Gbit/s

10GE LAN 10.31 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX, IEEE 802.3ae

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
PKT: K1EX10

10GE WAN 9.95 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

25GE 25.78 OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA, IEEE 802.3by

Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA, K1MDCA

40GE (QSFP 40 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA, IEEE 802.3ba

+) K1MDCA, K1TDC

40GE (MPO 40 Gbit/s OTN: B1LDCA

fiber jumper)

50GE 50 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

K1TDC, K1MDCA

100GE 103.125 OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

Gbit/s B1LDCD, B1LDC, K1TDC,
K1MDCA

SAN FC100/FICON 1.06 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ANSI X3.230

Gbit/s F2LQM2, K1GTA, K1TTA ANSI X3.296
FC200/FICON 2.12 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ANSI X3.303
Express Gbit/s F2LQM2, K1GTA, K1TTA

ESCON 200 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM,

Mbit/s K1GTA, F2LQM2, K1TTA

FC400/FICON 4.25 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM,

4G Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA

FC800/FICON 8.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

8G F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

FC1200/ 10.51Gbit OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

FICON 10G /s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

FC1600 14.025Gbi OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

t/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

FC3200 28.05Gbit OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

FDDI 125 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ISO 9314

Mbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA

InfiniBand 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, InfiniBandTM

2.5G B1LTX, B1LDCA, Architecture
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA Release 1.2.1

InfiniBand 5G 5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

InfiniBand 10 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

10G K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

ISC 1G 1.06 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IBM GDPS

Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA (Geographicall
y Dispersed
ISC 2G 2.12 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, Parallel
Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA Sysplex)
Protocol

Distri CPRI option 2 1.229 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, CPRI

buted Gbit/s (2 B1ELOM Specification
base x 614.4 V4.1
statio Mbit/s)
n
interf CPRI option 3 2.458 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,
ace Gbit/s (4 B1ELOM
servic x 614.4
e Mbit/s)

CPRI option 4 3.072 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

Gbit/s (5
x 614.4
Mbit/s)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

CPRI option 6 6.144 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

Gbit/s (10
x 614.4
Mbit/s)

CPRI option 7 9.83 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

Gbit/s (16
x 614.4
Mbit/s)

Video DVB-ASI 270 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, EN 50083-9

servic Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
e
SD-SDI 270 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, SMPTE 259M
Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA

HD-SDI 1.485 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, SMPTE 292M

Gbit/s, B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
1.4835
Gbit/sa

3G-SDI 2.97 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, SMPTE 424M

Gbit/s, K1GTA, K1TTA
2.96
Gbit/sa

MADI 125Mbit/s OTN: K1GTA, K1TTA AES10-2008

FE: Fast Ethernet

GE: Gigabit Ethernet
ESCON: Enterprise systems connection
FICON: Fiber connect
FC: Fiber channel
DVB-ASI: Digital video broadcasting-asynchronous serial interface
SD-SDI: Serial digital interface, as specified in the SMPTE-259M, SD-SDI is also
called SDI.
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
3G-SDI: 3G-serial digital interface
CPRI: Distributed base station interface
a: The SMPTE 292M standard defines HD-SDI rates of 1.485 Gbit/s and
1.485/1.001 Gbit/s and 3G-SDI rates of 2.97 Gbit/s and 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s. The
factor of 1/1.001 is provided to be compatible with the existing National
Television System Committee (NTSC) system, which is an analog television
system used in North America, parts of Latin America, South Korea, Japan, and
some Pacific island nations and territories.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

4.1.7 Supported Service Types (1800 V Pro)

Table 4-7 appearance and specifications
Servi Service Type Service Board Reference
ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

SDH STM-1 155.52 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ITU-T G.707

Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA ITU-T G.691
TDM (optical signal): ITU-T G.957
K1SLNO, B1SL41Q,
B1SL41O ITU-T G.693
ITU-T G.783
STM-4 622.08 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,
ITU-T G.825
Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
TDM: K1SLNO, B1SL41Q,
B1SL41O

STM-16 2.488 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,

Gbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
TDM: K1SLNO, K1SL16Q,
B1SL16S

STM-64 9.95 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
TDM: K1SL64S

SONE OC-3 155.52 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, GR-253-CORE

T Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA GR-1377-CORE
OC-12 622.08 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, ANSI T1.105
Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA

OC-48 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,

B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA

OC-192 9.95 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

PDH E1 2.048Mbit TDM: F1SP3D, B1DMS, ITU-T G.703

/s B1PD1 ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.742

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

T1 1.544Mbit TDM: F1SP3D, B1DMS, ITU-T G.703

/s B1PD1 ITU-T G.823
ITU-T G.824
ITU-T G.783

I-2M optical 2.048Mbit OMS Compatible

service /s with C37.94

PCM DDN service- Nx64 DXM ITU-T G.703

Nx64 kbit/s kbit/s (N
service (N = = 1 to 31)
1 to 31)

DDN service- 2.048Mbit DXM ITU-T G.703

Framed E1 /s ITU-T G.704
service

Sub-rate 0 to 64 DXM ITU-T X.50

service kbit/s ITU-T V.110
ITU-T I.460

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
codirectional
service

G.703 64 64kbit/s DXM ITU-T G.703

kbit/s ITU-T G.704
contradirecti
onal service

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-Z
interface
extension
service

Audio - FXSO12 ITU-T G.712

service-
Hotline
service

Audio - AT8 ITU-T G.712

service-2- or EIA RS-464
4-wire audio
and E&M
service

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

OTN OTU1 2.67 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ITU-T G.709

Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA ITU-T G.959.1
OTU2 10.71 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,
Gbit/s B1LDCA K1MDCA,
K1GTA, K1TTA

OTU2e 11.10 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s B1LDCA, B1LTX,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

OTU4 111.81 OTN: B1LDCA, K1MDCA,

Gbit/s B1LDCD, B1LDC, K1TDC

Ether FE (electrical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IEEE 802.3u

net signal) rate: 125 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Mbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service TDM: B1EFS8
rate: 100
Mbit/s

FE (optical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM,

signal) rate: 125 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Mbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service TDM: B1EMS10, B1EGS4
rate: 100
Mbit/s

GE (electrical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IEEE 802.3ab

signal) rate: 1.25 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Gbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service TDM: B1EMS10, B1EGS4
rate: 1
Gbit/s

GE (optical Interface OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IEEE 802.3z

signal) rate: 1.25 F2LQM2, B1LDCA,
Gbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA
Service TDM: B1EMS10, B1EGS4
rate: 1
Gbit/s

10GE LAN 10.31 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX, IEEE 802.3ae

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

10GE WAN 9.95 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

25GE 25.78Gbit/ OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA, IEEE 802.3by

s K1GTA, K1TTA, K1MDCA

40GE (QSFP 40 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA, IEEE 802.3ba

+) K1MDCA, K1TDC

40GE (MPO 40 Gbit/s OTN: B1LDCA

fiber jumper)

50GE 50 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, K1TDC,

B1LDCA, K1MDCA

100GE 103.125 OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

Gbit/s B1LDCD, B1LDC, K1TDC,
K1MDCA

SAN FC100/FICON 1.06 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ANSI X3.230

Gbit/s F2LQM2, K1GTA, K1TTA ANSI X3.296
FC200/FICON 2.12 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ANSI X3.303
Express Gbit/s F2LQM2, K1GTA, K1TTA

ESCON 200 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM,

Mbit/s K1GTA, F2LQM2, K1TTA

FC400/FICON 4.25 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM,

4G Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA

FC800/FICON 8.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

8G F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

FC1200/ 10.51 OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

FICON 10G Gbit/s F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

FC1600 14.025 OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

Gbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

FC3200 28.05 OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

Gbit/s K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

FDDI 125 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, ISO 9314

Mbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

InfiniBand 2.5 Gbit/s OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, InfiniBandTM

2.5G B1LTX, B1LDCA, Architecture
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA Release 1.2.1

InfiniBand 5G 5 Gbit/s OTN: F2LDX, B1LDX,

F2ELOM, B1ELOM,
B1LTX, B1LDCA,
K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

InfiniBand 10 Gbit/s OTN: B1LTX, B1LDCA,

10G K1MDCA, K1GTA, K1TTA

ISC 1G 1.06 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, IBM GDPS

Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA (Geographicall
y Dispersed
ISC 2G 2.12 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, Parallel
Gbit/s K1GTA, K1TTA Sysplex)
Protocol

Distri CPRI option 2 1.229 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, CPRI

buted Gbit/s (2 x B1ELOM Specification
base 614.4 V4.1
statio Mbit/s)
n
interf CPRI option 3 2.458 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM,
ace Gbit/s (4 x B1ELOM
servic 614.4
e Mbit/s)

CPRI option 4 3.072 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

Gbit/s (5 x
614.4
Mbit/s)

CPRI option 6 6.144 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

Gbit/s (10
x 614.4
Mbit/s)

CPRI option 7 9.83 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM

Gbit/s (16
x 614.4
Mbit/s)

Video DVB-ASI 270 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, EN 50083-9

servic Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
e
SD-SDI 270 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, SMPTE 259M
Mbit/s B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Service Type Service Board Reference

ce Rate Standards
Categ
ory

HD-SDI 1.485 OTN: F2LQM2, F2ELOM, SMPTE 292M

Gbit/s, B1ELOM, K1GTA, K1TTA
1.4835
Gbit/sa

3G-SDI 2.97 OTN: F2ELOM, B1ELOM, SMPTE 424M

Gbit/s, K1GTA, K1TTA
2.96
Gbit/sa

MADI 125 OTN: K1GTA, K1TTA AES10-2008

Mbit/s

FE: Fast Ethernet

GE: Gigabit Ethernet
ESCON: Enterprise systems connection
FICON: Fiber connect
FC: Fiber channel
DVB-ASI: Digital video broadcasting-asynchronous serial interface
SD-SDI: Serial digital interface, as specified in the SMPTE-259M, SD-SDI is also
called SDI.
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
3G-SDI: 3G-serial digital interface
CPRI: Distributed base station interface
a: The SMPTE 292M standard defines HD-SDI rates of 1.485 Gbit/s and
1.485/1.001 Gbit/s and 3G-SDI rates of 2.97 Gbit/s and 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s. The
factor of 1/1.001 is provided to be compatible with the existing National
Television System Committee (NTSC) system, which is an analog television
system used in North America, parts of Latin America, South Korea, Japan, and
some Pacific island nations and territories.

4.2 Supported Services Capabilities

4.2.1 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 V)

This topic provides the service capabilities of the 1800 V.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Table 4-8 Service capabilities

Service Number of Services Supported
Category Service Type by Single Chassis

SDH STM-1 OTN: 140

TDM: 112

STM-4 OTN: 140

TDM: 112

STM-16 OTN: 140

TDM: 56

STM-64 OTN: 70
TDM: 28

SONET OC-3 120

OC-12 120

OC-48 120

OC-192 70

PDH E1 ● 168 (1800 V old cross-

connections)
● 588 (1800 V new cross-
connections)

T1 ● 168 (1800 V old cross-

connections)
● 588 (1800 V new cross-
connections)

E3 ● 12 (1800 V old cross-

connections)
● 42 (1800 V new cross-
connections)

T3 ● 12 (1800 V old cross-

connections)
● 42 (1800 V new cross-
connections)

E4 28

I-2M optical service 56

PCM Nx64 kbit/s Service (N = 1 28

to 31)

Framed E1 Service 56

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Number of Services Supported

Category Service Type by Single Chassis

Sub-rate Service ● V.35, X.21/V.11, and V.24/V.28

service ports: 28
● RS232, RS232 transparent
transmission and RS485 service
ports: 112
● RS422 and RS422 transparent
transmission service ports: 70

G.703 64 kbit/s 112

Codirectional Service

G.703 64 kbit/s 28
Contradirectional Service

Z Interface Extension 168

Service

Hotline Service 168

2- or 4-Wire Audio and ● 2- or 4-wire audio and 1E1M

E&M Service services: 112
● 2E2M (or reverse 2E2M): 56

OTN OTU1 140

OTU2 70

OTU2e 70

OTU4 60

Ethernet FE (electrical signal) OTN: 140

Packet: 140
TDM: 140

FE (optical signal) OTN: 140

Packet: 140
TDM: 84

GE (electrical signal) OTN: 140

Packet: 140
TDM: 140

GE (optical signal) OTN: 140

Packet: 140
TDM: 140

10GE LAN OTN: 70

Packet: 56

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Number of Services Supported

Category Service Type by Single Chassis

10GE WAN OTN: 70

25GE LAN/25GE LAN_FEC OTN: 21

40GE OTN: 14

50GE OTN: 14

100GE OTN: 60
Packet: 6

SAN FC100/FICON 140

FC200/FICON Express 140

ESCON 140

FC400/FICON 4G 112

FC800/FICON 8G 70

FC1200/FICON 10G 70

FC1600 42

FC3200 14

InfiniBand 2.5G 140

InfiniBand 5G 112

InfiniBand 10G 70

ISC 1G 140

ISC 2G 140

Distributed CPRI option 2 120

base station
interface CPRI option 3 120
service CPRI option 4 105

CPRI option 5 105

CPRI option 6 105

CPRI option 7 84

CPRI option 8 84

CPRI option 9 21

CPRI option 10/ 21

CPRI option 10_FEC

10GE eCPRI 84

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Number of Services Supported

Category Service Type by Single Chassis

25GE eCPRI/25GE 21
eCPRI_FEC

Open base OBSAI 4x 105

station
interface OBSAI 8x 105
service

Video service DVB-ASI 140

and others
SD-SDI 140

HD-SDI 140

3G-SDI 140

MADI 140

4.2.2 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 I&II Compact)

This topic provides the service capabilities of the 1800 I&II Compact.

Table 4-9 Service capabilities

Serv Service Maximum Number of Maximum Number of

ice Type Services Supported by an Services Supported by an
Cat OptiX OSN 1800 I Chassisc OptiX OSN 1800 II Chassisc
ego
ry Single Single Single Single
Chassisa Chassis + Chassisa Chassis +
OADM OADM
Frameb Frameb

SDH STM-1 16 24 48 48

STM-4 16 24 48 48

STM-16 16 24 40 48

STM-64 10 10 20 20

SON OC-3 16 24 48 48
ET
OC-12 16 24 48 48

OC-48 16 24 40 48

OC-192 10 10 20 20

PDH E1 42 63 126 126

c
T1 42 63 126 126

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Serv Service Maximum Number of Maximum Number of

ice Type Services Supported by an Services Supported by an
Cat OptiX OSN 1800 I Chassisc OptiX OSN 1800 II Chassisc
ego
ry Single Single Single Single
Chassisa Chassis + Chassisa Chassis +
OADM OADM
Frameb Frameb

OTN OTU1 16 24 48 48

OTU2 10 10 20 20

OTU2e 10 10 20 20

OTU4 2 2 4 4

Ethe FE 16 24 48 48
rnet (electrica
l signal)

FE 16 24 48 48
(optical
signal)

GE 18 24 54 54
(electrica
l signal)

GE 18 24 54 54
(optical
signal)

10GE 12 12 24 24
LAN

10GE 10 10 20 20
WAN

40GE 2 2 4 4

50GE 2 2 4 4

100GE 1 1 2 2

SAN FC100/ 16 24 48 48
FICON

FC200/ 16 24 40 48
FICON
Express

ESCON 16 24 48 48

FC400/ 8 12 20 24
FICON
4G

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Serv Service Maximum Number of Maximum Number of

ice Type Services Supported by an Services Supported by an
Cat OptiX OSN 1800 I Chassisc OptiX OSN 1800 II Chassisc
ego
ry Single Single Single Single
Chassisa Chassis + Chassisa Chassis +
OADM OADM
Frameb Frameb

FC800/ 10 10 20 20
FICON
8G

FC1200/ 12 12 24 24
FICON
10G

FC1600 12 12 24 24

FC3200 2 2 4 4

InfiniBan 24 24 48 48
d 2.5G

InfiniBan 10 10 20 20
d 5G

InfiniBan 10 10 20 20
d 10G

ISC 1G 24 24 48 48

ISC 2G 24 24 48 48

Dist CPRI 4 6 10 12
ribu option 1
ted
base CPRI 16 24 48 48
stati option 2
on CPRI 16 24 40 48
inter option 3
face
servi CPRI 12 18 36 42
ce option 4

CPRI 15 15 30 30
option 5

CPRI 15 15 30 30
option 6

CPRI 12 12 24 24
option 7

CPRI 10 10 20 20
option 8

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Serv Service Maximum Number of Maximum Number of

ice Type Services Supported by an Services Supported by an
Cat OptiX OSN 1800 I Chassisc OptiX OSN 1800 II Chassisc
ego
ry Single Single Single Single
Chassisa Chassis + Chassisa Chassis +
OADM OADM
Frameb Frameb

Ope OBSAI 4x 12 18 36 42
n
base OBSAI 8x 8 15 30 30
stati
on
inter
face
servi
ce

Vide DVB-ASI 16 24 48 48
o
servi SD-SDI 16 24 48 48
ce HD-SDI 16 24 48 48
and
othe 3G-SDI 8 12 20 24
rs

a: Install both OTU and OADM boards in the single chassis.

b: Install OTU boards in the single chassis and OADM boards in the OADM
frame.

4.2.3 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 I Enhanced)

This topic provides the service capabilities of the 1800 I Enhanced.

Table 4-10 provides the service capabilities of the 1800 I Enhanced.

Table 4-10 Service capabilities

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported

Category by Single Chassis

SDH STM-1 20

STM-4 20

STM-16 10

STM-64 4

PDH E1 84

T1 84

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported

Category by Single Chassis

E3 6

T3 6

Ethernet FE (electrical signal) 20

FE (optical signal) 28

GE (electrical signal) 20

GE (optical signal) 28

10GE LAN 4

10GE WAN 2

4.2.4 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 II Enhanced)

This topic provides the service capabilities of the 1800 II Enhanced.

Table 4-11 Service capabilities

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported
Category by Single Chassis

SDH STM-1 OTN: 48

TDM: 50

STM-4 OTN: 48
TDM: 50

STM-16 OTN: 48
TDM: 26

STM-64 OTN: 20
TDM: 2

SONET OC-3 OTN: 48

TDM: 48

OC-12 OTN: 48
TDM: 48

OC-48 OTN: 48
TDM: 24

OC-192 OTN: 20
TDM: 2

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported

Category by Single Chassis

PDH E1 (electrical signal) 252

2M optical service 24

T1 252

E3 18

T3 18

OTN OTU1 48

OTU2 20

OTU2e

OTU4 4

PCM Nx64 kbit/s Service (N = 1 12

to 31)

Framed E1 Service 24

Sub-rate Service ● V.35, X.21/V.11, and V.24/V.28

service ports: 12
● RS232, RS232 transparent
transmission and RS485 service
ports: 48
● RS422 and RS422 transparent
transmission service ports: 30

G.703 64 kbit/s 48
Codirectional Service

G.703 64 kbit/s 12
Contradirectional Service

Z Interface Extension 72
Service

Hotline Service 72

2- or 4-Wire Audio and ● 2- or 4-wire audio and 1E1M

E&M Service services: 48
● 2E2M (or reverse 2E2M): 24

Ethernet FE (electrical signal) 60

FE (optical signal) 60

GE (electrical signal) 60

GE (optical signal) 60

10GE LAN 40

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported

Category by Single Chassis

10GE WAN 40

40GE 4

50GE 4

100GE 4

SAN FC100/FICON 48

FC200/FICON Express 48

ESCON 48

FC400/FICON 4G 32

FC800/FICON 8G 20

FC1200/FICON 10G 20

FC1600 12

InfiniBand 2.5G 48

InfiniBand 5G 32

InfiniBand 10G 20

ISC 1G 48

ISC 2G 48

SAN FC100/FICON 48

FC200/FICON Express 48

ESCON 48

FC400/FICON 4G 32

FC800/FICON 8G 20

FC1200/FICON 10G 20

FC1600 12

FC3200 4

InfiniBand 2.5G 48

InfiniBand 5G 32

InfiniBand 10G 20

ISC 1G 48

ISC 2G 48

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported

Category by Single Chassis

Distributed CPRI option 2 48

base station
interface CPRI option 3 48
service CPRI option 4 36

CPRI option 5 30

CPRI option 6 30

CPRI option 7 24

CPRI option 8 20

Open base OBSAI 4x 36

station
interface OBSAI 8x 30
service

Video service DVB-ASI 48

SD-SDI 48

HD-SDI 48

3G-SDI 48

Video service DVB-ASI 48

SD-SDI 48

HD-SDI 48

3G-SDI 48

MADI 40

4.2.5 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 II TP)

This topic provides the service capabilities.

Table 4-12 Service capabilities

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported by

Category Single Chassis

SDH STM-1 48

STM-4 48

STM-16 48

STM-64 12

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported by

Category Single Chassis

SONET OC-3 48

OC-12 48

OC-48 48

OC-192 12

OTN OTU1 48

OTU2 12

OTU2e

OTU4 16

Ethernet FE (electrical signal) 48

FE (optical signal) 48

GE (electrical signal) 48

GE (optical signal) 48

10GE LAN 12

10GE WAN 12

40GE 4

50GE 4

100GE 16

SAN FC100/FICON 48

FC200/FICON 48
Express

ESCON 48

FC400/FICON 4G 12

FC800/FICON 8G 12

FC1200/FICON 10G 20

InfiniBand 2.5G 48

InfiniBand 5G 12

InfiniBand 10G 12

ISC 1G 48

ISC 2G 48

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Service Type Number of Services Supported by

Category Single Chassis

Distributed CPRI option 2 48

base station
interface CPRI option 3 48
service CPRI option 6 12

CPRI option 7 12

Video service DVB-ASI 48

SD-SDI 48

HD-SDI 48

3G-SDI 48

4.2.6 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 II Pro)

This topic provides the service capabilities.

Table 4-13 Service capabilities

Service Number of Services Supported
Category Service Type by Single Chassis

SDH STM-1 OTN: 60

TDM: 48

STM-4 OTN: 60
TDM: 48

STM-16 OTN: 60
TDM: 24

STM-64 OTN: 60
TDM: 12

SONET OC-3 OTN: 60

TDM: 48

OC-12 OTN: 60
TDM: 48

OC-48 OTN: 60
TDM: 24

OC-192 OTN: 60
TDM: 12

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Number of Services Supported

Category Service Type by Single Chassis

PDH E1 (electrical signal) 252

T1 252

2M optical service 24

OTN OTU1 60

OTU2 60

OTU2e

OTU4 24

PCM Nx64 kbit/s Service (N = 1 12

to 31)

Framed E1 Service 24

Sub-rate Service ● V.35, X.21/V.11, and V.24/V.28

service ports: 12
● RS232, RS232 transparent
transmission and RS485 service
ports: 48
● RS422 and RS422 transparent
transmission service ports: 30

G.703 64 kbit/s 48
Codirectional Service

G.703 64 kbit/s 12
Contradirectional Service

Z Interface Extension 72
Service

Hotline Service 72

2- or 4-Wire Audio and ● 2- or 4-wire audio and 1E1M

E&M Service services: 48
● 2E2M (or reverse 2E2M): 24

Ethernet FE (electrical signal) 48

FE (optical signal) 60

GE (electrical signal) 48

GE (optical signal) 60

10GE LAN 20

25GE 32

40GE 4

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Number of Services Supported

Category Service Type by Single Chassis

50GE 4

100GE 24

SAN FC100/FICON 60

FC200/FICON Express 60

ESCON 60

FC400/FICON 4G 60

FC800/FICON 8G 60

FC1200/FICON 10G 60

FC1600 32

FC3200 24

InfiniBand 2.5G 60

InfiniBand 5G 60

InfiniBand 10G 60

ISC 1G 60

ISC 2G 60

Distributed CPRI option 2 48

base station
interface CPRI option 3 48
service CPRI option 4 6

CPRI option 5 6

CPRI option 6 6

CPRI option 7 6

Video DVB-ASI 60

SD-SDI 60

HD-SDI 60

3G-SDI 60

4.2.7 Supported Service Capabilities (1800 V Pro)

This topic provides the service capabilities.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Table 4-14 Service capabilities

Service Number of Services Supported
Category Service Type by Single Chassis

SDH STM-1 OTN: 140

TDM: 112

STM-4 OTN: 140

TDM: 112

STM-16 OTN: 140

TDM: 56

STM-64 OTN: 140

TDM: 28

SONET OC-3 OTN: 140

TDM: 112

OC-12 OTN: 140

TDM: 112

OC-48 OTN: 140

TDM: 56

OC-192 OTN: 140

TDM: 28

PDH E1 (electrical signal) 168

T1 168

2M optical service 56

OTN OTU1 140

OTU2 140

OTU2e

OTU4 56

PCM Nx64 kbit/s Service (N = 1 28

to 31)

Framed E1 Service 56

Sub-rate Service ● V.35, X.21/V.11, and V.24/V.28

service ports: 28
● RS232, RS232 transparent
transmission and RS485 service
ports: 112
● RS422 and RS422 transparent
transmission service ports: 70

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Number of Services Supported

Category Service Type by Single Chassis

G.703 64 kbit/s 112

Codirectional Service

G.703 64 kbit/s 28
Contradirectional Service

Z Interface Extension 168

Service

Hotline Service 168

2- or 4-Wire Audio and ● 2- or 4-wire audio and 1E1M

E&M Service services: 112
● 2E2M (or reverse 2E2M): 56

Ethernet FE (electrical signal) 48

FE (optical signal) 140

GE (electrical signal) 48

GE (optical signal) 140

10GE LAN 60

25GE 112

40GE 28

50GE 28

100GE 56

SAN FC100/FICON 140

FC200/FICON Express 140

ESCON 140

FC400/FICON 4G 140

FC800/FICON 8G 140

FC1200/FICON 10G 140

FC1600 84

FC3200 56

InfiniBand 2.5G 140

InfiniBand 5G 140

InfiniBand 10G 140

ISC 1G 140

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Number of Services Supported

Category Service Type by Single Chassis

ISC 2G 140

Distributed CPRI option 2 112

base station
interface CPRI option 3 112
service CPRI option 4 14

CPRI option 5 14

CPRI option 6 14

CPRI option 7 14

Video DVB-ASI 140

SD-SDI 140

HD-SDI 140

3G-SDI 140

4.3 Service Mapping

This topic describes how client signals are mapped into ODUk signals and how
ODUk signals are then mapped and multiplexed into OTUk signals.

The received client signals are first mapped into ODUk signals to implement signal
mapping and multiplexing. The mapped and multiplexed signals are then mapped
into OTUk signals. After the E/O conversion, the signals are sent to the WDM side.

Figure 4-1 shows the mapping between client services and OTUk signals. OSN
1800 uses OTU boards to perform service mapping.

Figure 4-1 Service mapping

4.3.1 Mapping Client Services into ODUk Signals

This topic describes how OSN 1800 multiplexes and maps client services into
ODUk signals. The WDM equipment can map client signals into ODUk signals
using timeslots or standard mapping procedures. When using timeslots, the WDM

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

equipment can aggregate multiple services at rates lower than 2.5 Gbit/s into one
ODU1 signal, enabling multiple services to share the same ODU1 bandwidth.
When using the standard mapping procedures, the WDM equipment directly maps
client signals into ODUk signals.

Mapping Client Services Using Timeslots

In this mapping mode, OSN 1800 divides an ODU1 signal into several timeslots,
each with a bandwidth of 155 Mbit/s. Client services are sliced into 155 Mbit/s
signal segments, each mapped into one timeslot of ODU1. OSN 1800 can map
multiple low-rate client services into one ODU1 signal, thereby improving
bandwidth utilization.

When the rate of client services is below the ODU1 level (2.5 Gbit/s), the client
services can be mapped into ODU1 timeslots.

Figure 4-2 provides an example showing how GE, STM-1, and FC100 services are
aggregated into one ODU1.

Figure 4-2 Aggregating client services into one ODU1

Different types of services require different number of timeslots. The number of

timeslots required by each type of service is listed below.

Servi Number of Service Type Number of Timeslots

ce Timeslots Required (Bandwidth: 155
Type Required Mbit/s)
(Bandwidth:
155 Mbit/s)

GE(G 7 FICON 6
FP_T)
/
GE(T
TT-
GMP)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Servi Number of Service Type Number of Timeslots

ce Timeslots Required (Bandwidth: 155
Type Required Mbit/s)
(Bandwidth:
155 Mbit/s)

STM- 1 FICON Express 12

1/
OC-3

STM- 4 ESCON 2
4/
OC-1
2

STM- 16 DVB-ASI 2
16/
OC-4
8

FC20 12 SDI 3
0

FC10 6 HD-SDI 12
0

FE 1 OTU1 16

CPRI 5 CPRI option 2 8

optio
n1

CPRI 16 InfiniBand 2.5G 16

optio
n3

E3(18 1 1800 I&II: GE_SLICE 1800 I&II: 7

00
I&II)

FC10 8 FC200_SLICE 16
0_SLI
CE(18
00
I&II)

FICO 8 FICON_EXPRESS_SL 16
N_SLI ICE
CE(18
00
I&II)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Mapping Client Services Using Standard Mapping Procedures

OSN 1800 can directly map client services into ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex)
signals using standard mapping procedures, as shown in Figure 4-3.

Figure 4-3 Mapping client services into ODUk

Different types of client services occupy different number of timeslots when they
are mapped into ODUflex signals in standard mode. The number of timeslots
occupied by each type of service is listed below.

Service Type Number of Service Type Number of

Timeslots Timeslots
Occupieda Occupieda
(Bandwidth: 1.25 (Bandwidth: 1.25
Gbit/s) Gbit/s)

FICON 4G 4 CPRI option 5 4

FICON 8G 7 CPRI option 6 5

FC400 4 InfiniBand 2.5G 3

FC800 7 InfiniBand 5G 5

CPRI option 4 3 3G-SDI 3

OBSAI 4x 3 OBSAI 8x 5

ISC 1G 1 InfiniBand 10G 9

ISC 2G 2 10GE LAN Manually

calculate it based
on the service
rate.

FC1600 12 CPRI option 7 8

FC3200 23 OTU2 9

CPRI option 8 9 25GE Manually

calculate it based
on the service
rate.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Service Type Number of Service Type Number of

Timeslots Timeslots
Occupieda Occupieda
(Bandwidth: 1.25 (Bandwidth: 1.25
Gbit/s) Gbit/s)

40GE Manually 50GE Manually

calculate it based calculate it based
on the service on the service
rate. rate.

100GE Manually - -
calculate it based
on the service
rate.

NOTE

a: Number of timeslots occupied = Rate corresponding to a service type/Bandwidth of each

timeslot (1.25 Gbit/s). If the result is not an integer, add 1 to the exact division result. Assume
that an FC400 service is received, (4.25 Gbit/s)/(1.25 Gbit/s) = 3.4. Then, the number of
timeslots occupied = 3 + 1 = 4.
When 10GE/25GE/40GE/50GE/100GE services are received on the client side and mapped into
ODUflex, the client-side equipment must be configured to support flow control response.

4.3.2 Multiplexing and Mapping ODUk Signals into OTUk

Signals
This topic describes how the OSN 1800 multiplexes and maps ODUk signals into
OTUk signals. The ODUk signals are mapped into OTUk signals. After the E/O
conversion, the signals are sent to the WDM side.
The OSN 1800 can multiplex and map client signals into ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e,
flex, 3, 4, C2) signals and produce OTUk (k = 1, 2, 2e, 4, C2) signals on the WDM
side for line transmission. Figure 4-4 shows the ODUk multiplexing and mapping
structure supported by the OSN 1800.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 4 Supported Services

Figure 4-4 Multiplexing and mapping ODUk signals into OTUk signals

4.3.3 Mapping and Multiplexing SDH Services

The SDH service mapping and multiplexing structure used by the OSN 1800
complies with ITU-T Recommendations.
TheOSN 1800 maps and multiplexes VC-12, VC-3, VC-4, and VC-4 concatenation
services into STM-N signals and sends the STM-N signals onto fibers for
transmission. Figure 4-5 shows the mapping and multiplexing structure for
various SDH services.

Figure 4-5 SDH mapping and multiplexing structure for SDH services

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5 Product Features

WDM equipment supports a wide range of features.

5.1 Line Rate

The WDM equipment adopts the DWDM/CWDM technology to implement multi-
service and fully transparent transmission.
5.2 OTN Feature
The optical transport network (OTN) technology ensures flexible service cross-
connections in an end-to-end (E2E) manner, and enables services of different
types to share bandwidth. With the help of numerous OTN overheads and easy
operations on the NMS, users can easily maintain networks and locate faults.
5.3 Packet Feature
WDM equipment supports Multiprotocol Label Switching Transport Profile (MPLS-
TP) and pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3) technologies, with which a
pure PTN network, or Hybrid network can be provisioned.
5.4 TDM Application
The WDM equipment supports SDH, PDH, and Ethernet technologies. With these
technologies, a pure TDM network or Hybrid network can be provisioned.
5.5 PCM Feature
This section describes the background of introducing scenarios of pulse code
modulation (PCM).
5.6 ROADM Feature
5.7 OTN + ROADM Feature
The OTN + ROADM feature cross-connects a client service in any optical direction
while ensuring high bandwidth utilization.
5.8 Multi-Service Transmission over a Universal Line Board
WDM equipment supports switching of ODUk, packet, and VC granular services to
address the requirement on transmitting SDH, packet, and OTN services at the
same time.
5.9 DWDM over CWDM Application
DWDM wavelengths can be transported in the window of CWDM 1531 nm to
1551 nm to expand the CWDM system capacity.
5.10 Temperature-Hardened Feature (1800 I&II Compact)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Some boards intended for OptiX OSN 1800 can work properly at ultra-high and
ultra-low temperatures in specific configuration scenarios Some boards can also
work properly at a temperature ranging from -5°C to 65°C regardless of
configuration scenarios.
5.11 Redundancy and Protection
WDM equipment supports multiple types of network level and equipment level
protection, which ensures reliable data transmission.
5.12 Automatic Optical Power Management
With the functions, users can better monitor and maintain WDM NEs on a
network.
5.13 Clock Synchronization
5.14 ASON
The automatically switched optical network (ASON) is a new generation of the
optical transport network and is all called ASON optical network. Compared with
a traditional WDM network, an ASON-empowered WDM network has advantages
in service configuration, bandwidth utilization, and protection.

5.1 Line Rate

The WDM equipment adopts the DWDM/CWDM technology to implement multi-
service and fully transparent transmission.
The WDM equipment can multiplex services of a maximum of 80 channels into
the same fiber, that is, to transport 80 signals carried over different wavelengths.
Transmission solutions of different line rates are as follows:
● 80 x 200/100/10 Gbit/s (DWDM)
● 40 x 200/100 Gbit/s (DWDM)
● 40 x 10 Gbit/s (DWDM)
● 40 x 2.5 Gbit/s (DWDM)
● 8 x 10 Gbit/s (CWDM)
● 8 x 2.5 Gbit/s (CWDM)
The WDM equipment adopts two line rate applications:
● Multiplexing on the OTU board: If the system does not have a centralized
cross-connection unit, use the OTU board and optical add/drop multiplexer
board for line transmission.
● Multiplexing with cross-connect board: If the system uses the MS-OTN system
for centralized cross-connection, use the cross-connect board, OTN tributary
board, and OTN line board for line transmission.

DWDM Application
Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2 show examples of the typical application of the 10/2.5
Gbit/s line rate transmission solution with the 40-channel DWDM system. In the
DWDM system, an MUX/DMUX board multiplexes multi-wavelength signals from
OTU boards, or from line boards after cross-connection, into a fiber for
transmission.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-3 shows examples of the typical application of the 200/100 Gbit/s line
rate transmission solution with the 40-channel DWDM system. In the DWDM
system, an MUX/DMUX board multiplexes multi-wavelength signals into a fiber
for transmission. Multiplexed signals are directly multiplexed by OTU boards.
Figure 5-4 shows an example of the typical application of the 200/100/10 Gbit/s
line rate transmission solution with the 80-channel DWDM system.

Figure 5-1 Typical application of the 40-channel DWDM system (signals

multiplexed from OTU boards)

Figure 5-2 Typical application of the 40-channel DWDM system (signals

multiplexed with cross-connect boards)

Figure 5-3 Typical application of the 40-channel DWDM system

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-4 Typical application of the 80-channel DWDM system

CWDM Application
Figure 5-5 and Figure 5-6 show examples of the typical application of the 10/2.5
Gbit/s line rate transmission solution with the 8-channel CWDM system. In the
CWDM system, an OADM board multiplexes multi-wavelength signals from OTU
boards, or from line boards after cross-connection, into a fiber for transmission.

Figure 5-5 Typical application of the 8-channel CWDM system (multiplexed from
OTU boards)

Figure 5-6 Typical application of the 8-channel CWDM system (signals

multiplexed with cross-connect boards)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5.2 OTN Feature

The optical transport network (OTN) technology ensures flexible service cross-
connections in an end-to-end (E2E) manner, and enables services of different
types to share bandwidth. With the help of numerous OTN overheads and easy
operations on the NMS, users can easily maintain networks and locate faults.
● OTN cross-connection
Any granular traffic can be aggregated into ODUk pipes. In addition, different
types of services from multiple sites can be aggregated into one ODUk pipe.
This enables flexible service grooming and improves bandwidth utilization.
● GE E2E transmission based on ODU0
Through end-to-end service grooming, cross-connections are directly
configured on the line side of intermediate sites and back-to-back physical
fiber connections are not needed. This helps quickly provision services because
it greatly saves the time for connecting fibers between intermediate sites
while reducing potential faults and maintenance workload.
● E2E service management based on OTN overheads
With the help of numerous OTN overheads defined in ITU-T G.709 as well as
easy operations on the NMS, services can be managed and monitored in an
end-to-end manner.
With the help of OTN overheads, an OTN network can transparently transmit
client services and provide powerful forward error correction (FEC)
capabilities. The overheads and NMS together enable easy end-to-end service
monitoring and management. They can easily locate faults.
● Flexible bandwidth utilization based on ODUflex
The WDM equipment supports the optical data unit flexible (ODUflex)
feature. This feature enables the WDM equipment to adapt itself to various
services, such as video, storage, and data services as well as future IP services.
● Multi-carrier channel monitoring
When networks from different carriers interconnect, the tandem connection
monitoring (TCM) bytes in the OTN overheads can be used to monitor the
channel quality of different carrier networks. Once a fault occurs on one of
these networks, the TCM bytes help easily demarcate the fault.

5.2.1 OTN Cross-Connection

With the help of OTN cross-connections, any granularity traffic can be aggregated
into any ODUk pipe and different types of services from multiple sites can be
aggregated into one ODUk pipe, enabling flexible service grooming and improving
bandwidth usage.
The WDM equipment supports centralized ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex/ODU2/ODU2e
cross-connections and inter-board ODU2/ODU2e cross-connections. Figure 5-7
shows OTN cross-connection application. The OTN network flexibly cross-connects
any client service at any rate and enables them to share bandwidth. Then these
client services reach the IP/MPLS backbone layer.
● Site A receives service1, service2, and service3. The services are encapsulated
separately but share bandwidth.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

– At site A, service1 and service2 are encapsulated in one ODU1 pipe,

which still has idle bandwidth; service3 is encapsulated into an ODU0
pipe.
– After ODU0 and ODU1 are processed as OTU signals, they are
transmitted to site B.
● After the OTU signals reach site B, they are flexibly added or dropped, and
encapsulated in an ODUk pipe for further transmission to their destinations.
– At site B, service3 is terminated and service5 can use the ODU0 pipe that
is originally used by service3.
– Service4 is aggregated into the same ODU1 pipe as service1 and service2,
using the idle bandwidth.
– Then ODU0 and ODU1 are processed as OTU signals and are further
transmitted to site C.

Figure 5-7 OTN cross-connection application

5.2.2 E2E Service Management Based on OTN Overheads

With the help of numerous OTN overheads defined in ITU-T G.709 as well as easy
operations on the NMS, services can be managed and monitored in an E2E
manner.

With the help of the OTN overheads, an OTN network transparently transmits
client services and provides powerful forward error correction (FEC) capabilities.
The overheads and NMS together enable easy E2E service monitoring and

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

management. A fault, if any, can be easily located. Figure 5-8 shows E2E service
management based on OTN overheads.

Figure 5-8 OTN cross-connection application

SM: Section monitoring PM: Path monitoring

NOTE

The equipment does not support monitoring of optical-layer overheads.

5.2.3 Flexible Bandwidth Utilization Based on ODUflex

The WDM equipment supports the flexible optical data unit flexible (ODUflex)
technology. Using the ODUflex technology, the WDM equipment can adapt itself
to various services such as video, storage, and data services, as well as future IP
services.
ODUflex can be used to transmit constant bit rate (CBR) services on an optical
transport network (OTN). The services whose CBRs are higher than 2.48832 Gbit/s
are mapped to an ODUflex (CBR) container in bit synchronization mode. Functions
such as end-to-end performance monitoring and protection switching are feasible
on the ODUflex (CBR) container. The overheads and monitoring management
modes of ODUflex are the same as those of ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2) services. For the
application scenarios, see Figure 5-9 and Figure 5-10.
Figure 5-9 shows how ODUflex is used to transport generic CBR signals. An FC400
service occupies four TS sub-timeslots and is mapped to an ODUflex container; a
3G-SDI service occupies three TS sub-timeslots and is mapped to an ODUflex
container. The FC400 and 3G-SDI services share the same OTU2 wavelength.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-10 shows how ODU2 is used to transport generic CBR signals. The FC400
and 3G-SDI services are mapped to different ODU2 containers, and they each
occupy an OTU2 wavelength.

Figure 5-9 Transport of generic CBR signals (ODUflex)

Figure 5-10 Transport of generic CBR signals (ODU2)

5.2.4 Board-based ODUk ADM Grooming

The ELOM boards support the ODUk ADM function in the 1 x AP8 general mode.

Application Scenario of the ODUk ADM Function

There are two application scenarios for the ODUk ADM function of the ELOM
boards.
● Application scenario 1
As shown in Figure 5-11, OSN 1800 OADM sites A, B, C, and D form a ring
network. An ELOM board is configured at each site.
a. One STM-16 service is transmitted between sites A and B, between sites
B and C, between sites C and D, and between sites D and A each.
b. Three GE services are transmitted from site A to each of sites B, C, and D
(the paths are indicated by red, yellow, and purple lines in the following
figure). The GE service transmitted to site C passes through the ELOM
board at site B (the path is indicated by the yellow line in the following
figure). The GE service transmitted to site D passes through the ELOM
boards at sites B and C (the path is indicated by the purple line in the
following figure).
Using the ODUk ADM function, ODUk services can be added, dropped, and
transparently transmitted on a ring.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-11 Networking for application scenario 1

● Application scenario 2
OSN 1800 OADM sites A, B, C, and D form a ring network. An ELOM board is
configured at each site.
a. Between sites A and B, one STM-16 service is transmitted and one ODU1
SNCP protection group is configured for the service.
b. Between sites A and C, two GE services are transmitted and two ODU0
SNCP protection groups are configured for the services.
c. Between sites A and D, one FC400 service is transmitted and one ODUflex
SNCP protection group is configured for the service.

NOTE

If ODUk SNCP protection is configured for pass-through ODUflex services in ADM

mode, bidirectional switching is not supported.
Normally, services among sites A, B, C, and D are transmitted over the
working channel. As shown in Figure 5-12, the solid lines indicate working
channels, whereas the dotted lines indicate protection channels.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-12 Networking for application scenario 2 (normal)

When a line fault occurs between sites A and B, the services among all sites
are switched to the protection channels, as indicated by the solid lines in
Figure 5-13.

Figure 5-13 Networking for application scenario 2 (switching)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

ODUk ADM Function Overview

Generally, services are transmitted between the WDM side and the client side of
the ELOM board, as indicated by the blue arrows in Figure 5-14. The ODUk ADM
function enables ODUk services to pass through between the east and west WDM
sides, as indicated by the red arrows in Figure 5-14.
The pass-through capability of the ELOM board is 10 Gbit/s, and the service
grooming capability of the ELOM board is 20 Gbit/s. The board supports pass-
through of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex services. The following figure shows the
pass-through of ODU1 services.

Figure 5-14 Schematic diagram of ODUk ADM

5.3 Packet Feature

WDM equipment supports Multiprotocol Label Switching Transport Profile (MPLS-
TP) and pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3) technologies, with which a
pure PTN network, or Hybrid network can be provisioned.
WDM equipment adopts packet transport technologies and can receive/transmit
FE, GE, and 10GE services. It efficiently implements the statistical multiplexing of
data services and reduces the transport costs per bit. It also inherits the
advantages of the SDH equipment, uses the Native TDM solution to carry TDM
services, and enables high-quality voice service transmission.

5.3.1 Ethernet Services Model (Packet)

MEF, ITU-T, and IETF separately defined Ethernet service models at Layer 2.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

In essence, the Ethernet service models defined by MEF, ITU-T, and IETF are similar
although they have different names. Table 5-1 lists all service models supported
by WDM equipment, and the mappings between the service models, transport
tunnels, and service multiplexing methods.

Table 5-1 Ethernet service models

MEF Model ITU-T Model IETF Model Transport Service

Tunnel Multiplexing
(Network Method
Side) (Access Side)

E-Line EPL - Physically Physically

isolated isolated

EVPL - VLAN Physically

isolated
VPWS MPLS

- Physically VLAN
isolated

- VLAN

VPWS MPLS

E-LAN EPLAN - Physically Physically

isolated isolated

EVPLAN - Physically VLAN

isolated

- VLAN

VPLS MPLS

5.3.1.1 E-Line/E-LAN
MEF defines two types of Layer 2 Ethernet services: E-Line service using point-to-
point Ethernet virtual connection (EVC) and E-LAN service using multipoint-to-
multipoint EVC.

Table 5-2 lists the E-Line and E-LAN services supported by the OSN 1800.

Table 5-2 E-Line and E-LAN services

Service Service Type

E-Line Native Ethernet Point-to-point transparently transmitted E-Line

services service

VLAN-based E-Line services

QinQ-based E-Line services

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Service Service Type

ETH PWE3 E-Line services carried by PWs

services

E-LAN Native Ethernet E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1d bridges

services
E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1q bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1ad bridges

ETH PWE3 E-LAN services carried by PWs

services

E-Line Services
Any Ethernet service that is based on a point-to-point EVC shall be designated as
an Ethernet Line (E-Line) service type, as shown in Figure 5-15.

Figure 5-15 E-Line services

Table 5-3 shows different E-Line services and related bearer technologies.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Table 5-3 E-Line services

E-Line Service Bearer Schematic Diagram
Technol
ogy

Point-to-point Port
transparently bearing
transmitted E- (physica
Line services l
isolation
)

VLAN-based VLAN
E-Line services

QinQ-based E- VLAN
Line services

E-Line services MPLS

carried by PWs

E-LAN Services
Any Ethernet service that is based on a multipoint-to-multipoint EVC shall be
designated as an E-LAN service type, as shown in Figure 5-16.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-16 E-LAN services

Table 5-4 shows the different E-LAN services and related bearer technologies.

Table 5-4 E-LAN services

E-LAN Bearer Schematic Diagram

Service Technolo
gy

E-LAN Port
services bearing
based
on IEEE
802.1d
bridges

E-LAN VLAN
services
based
on IEEE
802.1q
bridges

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

E-LAN Bearer Schematic Diagram

Service Technolo
gy

E-LAN VLAN
services
based
on IEEE
802.1ad
bridges

E-LAN MPLS
services
carried
by PWs

5.3.1.2 VPWS/VPLS
Layer 2 virtual private network (L2VPN) defined by IETF includes the virtual
private wire service (VPWS) and virtual private LAN service (VPLS). VPWS is used
to provide point-to-point services at Layer 2 and VPLS is used to simulate a local
area network (LAN) in a wide area network (WAN).

VPWS
VPWS is a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) technology for point-to-point
transmission. It performs one-to-one mapping between a received attachment
circuit (AC) and a pseudo wire (PW). By binding ACs and PWs in the <AC, PW, AC>
format to form a virtual circuit, which is used to transparently transmit Layer 2
services between users. Figure 5-17 shows the application of VPWS.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-17 Application of VPWS

VPLS
VPLS is a Layer 2 VPN technology for simulating LANs. Using VPLS, each L2VPN
considers an NE as a virtual switching instance (VSI), and this VSI is used to
achieve mapping between multiple ACs and PWs, and connect multiple Ethernet
LANs so that the LANs work as if they are one LAN.
VPLS is an important technology for MANs. It can connect multiple Ethernet-
powered enterprise networks. As shown in Figure 5-18, VPLS provides LAN
services across the WAN for customer A.

Figure 5-18 Application of VPLS

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5.3.2 CES Services

The CES helps to solve the problem of insufficient optical fiber resources in the
access ring and allows TDM services to be transparently transmitted across the
pure packet mode.

Emulation Mode
CES services support the following emulation modes:
● Structure-Agnostic TDM over Packet (SAToP): In this mode, SAToP emulation
is performed for SDH VC-12 signals. Emulation services in this mode are also
called CES services.
● Structure-aware TDM Circuit Emulation Service over Packet Switched Network
(CESoPSN): In this mode, CESoPSN emulation is performed for SDH VC-12
signals. Emulation services in this mode are also called CES services.
Compared with the SAToP mode, the CESoPSN mode is more bandwidth-
efficient because it supports idle timeslot compression.

Application Scenario
Figure 5-19 describes the typical application of CES services. CES services are
classified into remote services (UNI-NNI) and local services (UNI-UNI).
● Remote service (UNI-NNI): The native TDM services between the NodeB and
the RNC are transmitted over a PSN. PE1 emulates the native TDM services
from the NodeB into CES services (CESoPSN mode is used as an example in
the following figure). Then, the CES services are transmitted to PE2 over the
PSN. Finally, PE2 restores the CES services to the native TDM services, which
are then transmitted to the RNC.
● Local service (UNI-UNI): The NodeB and RNC are interconnected using PE1.
PE1 receives native TDM services from NodeB and transparently transmits the
services to the RNC on the UNI side.

Figure 5-19 Typical application of CES services

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5.3.3 Service Bearer Solutions and Technologies

This section describes the packet service bearer solutions and technologies that
the equipment provides.

5.3.3.1 Service Transmission Solutions

In addition to transparently transmitting Ethernet services, the OptiX
OSNOptiXtrans equipment supports Layer 2 switching of Ethernet data packets,
provides packet service protection, QoS, and OAM functions. It provides a series of
flexible data service transmission solutions.

Table 5-5 describes the packet service transmission solutions.

Table 5-5 Transmission solutions for packet services

Packet Service Main Feature Supported Packet

Transmission Solution Services

Packet transmission ● Supports end-to-end E-Line

MPLS-TP packet ● Native ETH
transmission.
● PWE3 ETH (VPWS)
● Supports end-to-end
flexible tunnels, E-LAN
providing bandwidth ● Native ETH
at any rate. ● PWE3 ETH (VPLS)
● Uses the centralized
packet service
grooming algorithm
to achieve
directionless
grooming between
boards and ports.

5.3.3.2 Service Bearer Technologies

The OptiX OSNOptiXtrans equipment supports Ethernet service bearer
technologies, such as VLAN, and multi-protocol label switching (MPLS). The VLAN
technology includes QinQ technology. This section describes the MPLS and QinQ
technologies, which are more complex.

MPLS
MPLS is a type of transmission technology and it is used to transparently transmit
data packets between users. MPLS bearer technologies include pseudo wire edge
to edge emulation (PWE3) and MPLS tunnel technology.

● MPLS tunnel
The MPLS tunnel is defined by the MPLS protocol. Independent from services,
the MPLS tunnel implements end-to-end transmission and carries PWs that

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

contain services. Figure 5-20 shows how the MPLS tunnel is used to transmit
services.

Figure 5-20 Application of the MPLS tunnel

● PWE3
PWE3 is a type of L2VPN protocol. In a packet switched network (PSN), PWE3
provides tunnels and emulates various services, for example, Ethernet services.
PWE3 carries services that are received over different mediums on one MPLS
network, eliminating the need for constructing multiple networks and
therefore reducing the OPEX.
PWE3 creates point-to-point tunnels, which are separated from each other.
Layer 2 packets from users are transparently transmitted in PWs.

Figure 5-21 Application of PWE3

QinQ
Services from the user side are carried by the QinQ link on the network side.
Multiple VLANs of the user network are encapsulated in QinQ mode into one
VLAN in the transport network. In this way, the VLAN resources in the transport

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

network are saved. The QinQ technology is a VLAN stacking and nesting
technology. Using the QinQ technology, data packets carry two layers of VLAN
tags for the identification purpose. This removes the limit of the original solution
in which only one layer of VLAN tag is used, extending the VLAN IDs. Figure 5-22
shows the application of the QinQ technology.

Figure 5-22 Application of the QinQ technology

5.3.4 Saving Tunnel Resources at Aggregation Nodes Using

MS-PWs
An MS-PW provides an edge-to-edge virtual connection by setting up static PW
segments. The S-PE at the tangent point of the access ring and the convergence
ring swaps PW labels and aggregates PWs. The number of tunnels on the
convergence ring is reduced.

Definition
An MS-PW is set up between two PW terminating provider edges (T-PEs) and
travels through the PW switching provider edge (S-PE). At the S-PE, PW labels are
swapped and then the MS-PW is divided into two or more segments.

An MS-PW consists of multiple adjacent PW segments, and each PW segment is a

point-to-point PW.

Purpose
If the equipment does not support MS-PW, Ethernet services can be transmitted
over a PSN by static tunnels.

● At the ingress node, PW and tunnel labels are put on Ethernet packets.
● At the transit node, the tunnel labels are swapped.
● At the egress node, the PW and tunnel labels are stripped off.

In this service model, only the tunnel labels can be swapped at the transit node.
Therefore, as shown in Figure 5-23, users must configure edge-to-edge tunnels
from the NodeB to the RNC. The number of tunnels on the convergence ring PSN2
increases sharply as the number of NodeBs increases.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-23 Single-segment PW networking diagram

As shown in Figure 5-24, the S-PE at the tangent point of the access ring and the
convergence ring terminates the tunnels on the access rings. All the PWs on the
access rings are aggregated into one tunnel. Therefore, the number of tunnels on
the convergence ring is reduced.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-24 MS-PW networking diagram

5.3.5 Multicast Applications based on IGMP Snooping

By snooping the IGMP packet of Layer 3, the IGMP Snooping function creates and
maintains the Layer 2 multicast function and thus prevents the multicast packets
from being broadcast among the Layer 2 equipment.
The IGMP protocol is a multicast management protocol used between routers and
hosts (such as switches and DSLAMs) to manage the addition and deletion of a
group member.
Figure 5-25 compares the process for transmitting multicast packets when the
IGMP Snooping function is enabled and the process for transmitting multicast
packets when the IGMP Snooping function is disabled.
● When the IGMP Snooping function is disabled, the equipment broadcasts the
received packets to each host.
● When the IGMP Snooping function is enabled, after receiving a multicast
packet, the equipment queries the multicast table in which the source port
functions as the router port. If the multicast group that matches the multicast
address exists in the multicast table, the equipment forwards the packet to
this multicast group. If the multicast group that matches the multicast
address does not exist in the multicast table, the equipment discards the
packet or broadcasts the packet.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-25 Application of the IGMP Snooping function in a network

The advantages of the IGMP Snooping application are as follows:

● Less network bandwidth is required.
● Packets are forwarded within the range of each VLAN. Therefore, the
information security is enhanced.

5.3.6 Flexibly Planning VLANs based on QinQ

This topic provides the definition of QinQ and its purpose.

Definition
QinQ is a Layer 2 tunnel protocol based on IEEE 802.1q encapsulation. The QinQ
technology encapsulates a private virtual local area network (VLAN) tag into a
carrier VLAN tag. Therefore, the packets with two layers of VLAN tags can be
transmitted on the backbone network of a carrier. In this manner, QinQ provides
Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) tunnels.
Figure 5-26 shows the application of QinQ.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-26 Application of QinQ in E-Line services

Purpose
QinQ provides a Layer 2 VPN solution that is much cheaper and easier than multi-
protocol label switch (MPLS). By using the VLAN QinQ technology, data packets
carry two layers of VLAN tags to distinguish different services. This changes the
limitation that only one VLAN tag is used to mark the data packets, and increases
the number of VLAN IDs. The inner VLAN tag is called C-VLAN and used as the
customer VLAN. The outer VLAN is called S-VLAN and used as the service provider
VLAN.
The major functions of the QinQ technology are as follows:
● With the application of the QinQ technology, the number of VLAN IDs can
reach 4094 x 4094. This meets the increasing requirements for VLAN IDs.
● Customers and operators can plan VLAN resources independently and flexibly.
Therefore, network configuration and maintenance is simplified.
● The QinQ technology replaces the MPLS technology to provide a cheaper and
simpler Layer 2 VPN solution.
● The QinQ technology achieves the expansion of Ethernet services from local
area networks (LANs) to wide area networks (WANs).

5.3.7 Service Quality Guarantee based on QoS

On legacy IP networks, all packets are processed in first in first out (FIFO) queues
by adopting the best effort strategy. This method cannot meet the stringent
requirements of emerging services for the bandwidth, delay, and delay jitter.
Therefore, the QoS technology is developed. QoS provides differentiated service
guarantees for different services, such as voice, video, and data.
QoS has the following characteristics:
● Provides a specific user or service with a dedicated bandwidth.
● Avoids and manages network congestion.
● Lowers the packet loss ratio.
● Leverages the network traffic and improves bandwidth utilization.
Figure 5-27 illustrates QoS processing of Ethernet services on the equipment.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-27 QoS processing

5.3.8 Hierarchical Traffic Control based on HQoS

Hierarchical quality of service (HQoS) is a QoS technique that controls traffic
based on hierarchical service models. HQoS helps operators provide bandwidth
guarantees for multiple users to access multiple services.
Traditional QoS schedules traffic based on port. The service flows with the same
priority on one physical port share the same priority queue. As a result, the service
flows contend for resources in the same priority queue, and thus users and
services cannot be differentiated. To resolve this issue, the HQoS technique
appears.
HQoS implements QoS at different levels such as port, V-UNI, and PW, providing
refined and differentiated services for the customers.

Multiple Services of a Single User Sharing Bandwidth

As shown in the following figure, the user accesses the network through an
Ethernet private line and is allocated with a bandwidth of 16 Mbit/s for three
types of services: voice, video, and data. The voice and video services have a fixed
bandwidth (CIR is equal to PIR). Specifically, the bandwidth for the voice service is
2 Mbit/s and that for the video service is 6 Mbit/s. For the data service, the CIR is
512 kbit/s and PIR can reach 16 Mbit/s when idle bandwidth resources are
available.
To meet the preceding requirements, different service classes are configured for
voice, video, and data services, and bandwidth is configured for service flows with
different service classes. The total bandwidth for a user can be configured on the
V-UNI.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Multiple Service Access Points of a Single User Sharing Bandwidth

As shown in the following figure, two local branches (A and B) of a company
access the network through an Ethernet private line. The CIR and PIR (the total
bandwidth) that the company has applied for are 16 Mbit/s and 32 Mbit/s,
respectively. In addition, CIRs 10 Mbit/s and 6 Mbit/s are allocated for A and B
respectively. When idle bandwidth resources are available, the PIR for A or B can
reach 32 Mbit/s.
To meet the preceding requirements, the CIR and PIR can be configured for A and
B on their V-UNIs. Then the two V-UNIs can be bound as one V-UNI group and
the total bandwidth that the company has applied for can be configured for the V-
UNI group.

Multiple Users Sharing Bandwidth

As shown in the following figure, users in the building access the network through
optical fibers and the total bandwidth that has been applied for is 50 Mbit/s.
There are three companies in the building: A, B, and C. A and B access the network
through an Ethernet private line and C accesses the network through an Ethernet
private network. Each company is allocated a unique CIR and can preempt idle
bandwidth resources on links. In addition, each service of each company has its
own QoS requirements.
To meet the preceding requirements, the CIR and PIR can be configured for A, B,
and C on their V-UNIs separately. Then the three V-UNI s can be bound as one V-
UNI group and the total bandwidth that the building has applied for can be
configured for the V-UNI group. In addition, to meet the QoS requirements of
each service of each company, a unique service class can be configured for each
service and V-UNI ingress policies can be configured to set the bandwidth for
service flows with different service classes separately.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5.4 TDM Application

The WDM equipment supports SDH, PDH, and Ethernet technologies. With these
technologies, a pure TDM network or Hybrid network can be provisioned.
The WDM equipment supports access of E1/T1, E3/T3, STM-1, STM-4, STM-16,
STM-64, FE, and GE services and grooms services of different granularities,
satisfying various network requirements.

5.4.1 SDH Services Application

The WDM equipment has a large capacity and supports flexible networking
modes, such as chain, ring, and ring-with-chain networks. It also supports
networking of STM-64/STM-16/STM-4/STM-1 services, which satisfies various
network requirements.
The WDM equipment supports full-granular service grooming and aggregation,
including the processing of VC-12, VC-3, VC-4, VC-4-4C, VC-4-16C, and VC-4-64C
services. WDM equipment can either form a network independently or with
DWDM equipment.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-28 Networking configuration of the WDM equipment performing multi-

granularity service grooming and service convergence

5.4.2 Ethernet Services Application (EoS)

WDM equipment, whose SDH transmission platform also provides access for
Ethernet services, can simultaneously transmit voice and data services.

The WDM equipment supports the following types of Ethernet services:

● EPL service
● EVPL service
● EPLAN service

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

● EVPLAN service

EPL Service
The EPL implements the point-to-point transparent transmission of Ethernet
services. As shown in Figure 5-29, Ethernet services of different NEs are
transmitted to the destination node through their respective VCTRUNKs. This
ensures secure and reliable transmission of services.

Figure 5-29 EPL service based on port

EVPL Service
The WDM equipment adopts two ways to support EVPL services.
● Port-shared EVPL services. Services are isolated by VLAN tags and share a
bandwidth.
As shown in Figure 5-30, traffic classification is performed for the Ethernet
services according to VLAN ID, to distinguish VLANs from different departments of
Company A. The two services are transmitted in respective VCTRUNKs.

Figure 5-30 Port-shared EVPL services

● VCTRUNK-shared EVPL services. The WDM equipment adopts the following

ways to implement EVPL services.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

– EVPL services based on VLAN ID, as shown in Figure 5-31.

– EVPL services based on QinQ, as shown in Figure 5-32.

Figure 5-31 EVPL service based on VLAN ID

Figure 5-32 EVPL service based on QinQ

EPLAN Service
Through the EPLAN service, NEs can communicate with each other and
dynamically share a bandwidth. The WDM equipment adopts virtual bridge (VB)
to support Layer 2 switching of Ethernet data. This is referred to as the EPLAN
service.
Each NE in the system can create one or several VBs. Each VB establishes a media
access control (MAC) address table. The system updates the table by self-learning.
The data packets are transmitted over the mapping VCTRUNK based on the
destination MAC address, as shown in Figure 5-33.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-33 EPLAN service

EVPLAN Service
EVPLAN services can dynamically share the bandwidth and the data packets in the
same VLAN are isolated from each other. When two data services with the same
VLAN ID are accessed into the same NE and dynamically share the bandwidth, the
EVPLAN service can meet the service requirements.
As shown in Figure 5-34, the Ethernet processing boards of the WDM equipment
adopt VB+C-VLAN or VB+S-VLAN filter table to support the EVPLAN services.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-34 EVPLAN service

5.4.3 Existing SDH Network Carrying Ethernet Services

The Ethernet over SDH (EoS) technology enables existing SDH networks to carry
Ethernet services, with the goal of reducing operators' CAPEX and improving
network reliability.
The EoS technology enables existing SDH networks to carry Ethernet services, so
that operators can deploy 3G services even when they do not have packet
networks.
Using the encapsulation/mapping protocol, EoS encapsulates and maps Ethernet
services to one or multiple VCs, which are then carried on SDH networks. EoS
involves the following key techniques:
● Generic Framing Procedure (GFP)
● Virtual concatenation (VCAT)
● Link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)
Figure 5-35 illustrates a typical scenario in which EoS is applied on MS-OTN
equipment.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-35 Application scenario of EoS

5.5 PCM Feature

This section describes the background of introducing scenarios of pulse code
modulation (PCM).
PCM devices convert analog signals into digital signals. Currently, PCM devices are
separated from SDH devices, which bring about the following problems:
● A large quantity of devices occupies much space of an equipment room.
● Network connections are complex.
● Devices are difficult to uniformly maintain and manage.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-36 Solution that PCM devices are separated from SDH devices

To resolve the preceding problems, WDM equipment provides the embedded PCM
solution. Specifically, PCM boards are used on WDM equipment to provide foreign
exchange station (FXS) ports, foreign exchange office (FXO) ports, 2- or 4-wire
audio and exchange and multiplex signaling (E&M) ports, and sub-rate ports.
Using these ports, WDM equipment can receive low speed circuit services and
transparently transmit them on SDH networks. In addition, the services can be
configured and managed on the NMS.

Figure 5-37 Embedded PCM solution

5.6 ROADM Feature

Using the ROADM technology, the WDM equipment supports flexible optical-layer
grooming in one to nine degrees. The ROADM solution realizes reconfiguration of
wavelengths by blocking or cross-connecting wavelengths. This ensures that the
static distribution of wavelength resources becomes flexible and dynamic. The

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

ROADM technology cooperating with the NMS can remotely and dynamically
adjust the status of wavelength adding/dropping and pass-through. A maximum
of 80 wavelengths can be adjusted, and up to 9-degree flexible optical-layer
grooming is supported.

5.6.1 Basic Concepts

ROADM application scenarios include colored & directioned, colored &
directionless, and colorless & directionless. For concepts about colored, colorless,
directioned, and directionless, see Table 5-6.

Table 5-6 Basic concepts

Concept Description Application

Colored The X40 boards are used to add and drop Colored add/drop ports (fixed
wavelengths. Each add port or drop port wavelength) have the advantages of
can add or drop fixed wavelengths only. lower insertion loss and lower cost. If
new wavelengths need to replace the
existing wavelengths, a site visit is
required to adjust the fiber connection
between the line board/OTU colored
and the matching add/drop port.

Colorless The DWSS9 boards are used to add and Colorless add/drop ports(tunable) allow
drop wavelengths. Any wavelengths can be remote reconfiguration of ROADM.
added to or dropped from any port on the Ensure that the OTU/line boards
ROADM board. required for provisioning new services
have been installed in the subrack;
otherwise, a site visit is required to
install the required boards.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Concept Description Application

Direction A local wavelength carrying services can In a directioned scenario, the current
ed be transmitted to a specific direction. path cannot be adjusted flexibly. If the
current path must be adjusted, a site
visit is required to adjust the fiber
connections for the network.

Directionl A local wavelength carrying services can The current path cannot be
ess be transmitted to any directions. automatically adjusted in the
directionless scenario. When services are
adjusted or the protection path is used
in case of a fault on the working path,
manually configure optical cross-
connections to achieve flexible service
grooming.

5.7 OTN + ROADM Feature

The OTN + ROADM feature cross-connects a client service in any optical direction
while ensuring high bandwidth utilization.
Figure 5-38 illustrates how the OTN + ROADM feature helps effectively transmit
client services.
● A tributary board receives client services at any bit rate. After OTN mapping
and ODUk cross-connection are complete, the client signals are flexibly cross-
connected on the electrical layer and share bandwidth. A line board then
outputs the signals over different wavelengths.
● Along the optical cross-connections on the ROADM board, the signals over
different wavelengths can be transmitted in any optical direction.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

● If the signals in an optical direction do not need to be locally added/dropped,

they can be directly transmitted to another optical direction through the
optical cross-connections on the ROADM board.

Figure 5-38 OTN + ROADM application

5.8 Multi-Service Transmission over a Universal Line

Board
WDM equipment supports switching of ODUk, packet, and VC granular services to
address the requirement on transmitting SDH, packet, and OTN services at the
same time.

With the development of UMTS/LTE wireless broadband and xDSL/FTTx fixed

broadband markets, the bandwidth requirements of metropolitan area networks
(MANs) increase greatly, posing multi-service transmission challenges. The
universal line board solution of WDM equipment overcomes the challenges by
providing the following benefits:

● ODUk, packet, and VC granular services are carried over the same OTU pipe
to provide efficient mixed transmission of small granular services.
● Service adjustment is convenient. A universal line board supports both
traditional SDH services and packet services, allowing for smooth evolution
from TDM to packet. For example, a 20 Gbit/s SDH service and a 20 Gbit/s

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

packet service can be easily evolved to a 40 Gbit/s packet service through

service adjustment, with no need for board replacement.
NOTE

1800 V Pro does not support the packet function in V100R019C10.

Figure 5-39 Application of universal line boards

TM: traffic management FIC: fabric interface chip

5.9 DWDM over CWDM Application

DWDM wavelengths can be transported in the window of CWDM 1531 nm to
1551 nm to expand the CWDM system capacity.
Figure 5-40 shows the expansion of wavelength allocation. With this expansion
scheme, a CWDM system can transmit a maximum of 26 DWDM wavelengths at
100 GHz channel spacing.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-40 DWDM wavelength expansion and allocation in the CWDM system

Figure 5-41 shows the equipment configuration in which DWDM wavelengths are
transported in the window of CWDM 1531 nm to 1551 nm. The DWDM
wavelengths need to pass through the DWDM MUX/DEMUX and CWDM MUX/
DEMUX. Therefore, the optical amplifier unit needs to be configured in between.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-41 Application of the DWDM wavelength in the CWDM system

5.10 Temperature-Hardened Feature (1800 I&II

Compact)
Some boards intended for OptiX OSN 1800 can work properly at ultra-high and
ultra-low temperatures in specific configuration scenarios Some boards can also
work properly at a temperature ranging from -5°C to 65°C regardless of
configuration scenarios.

NOTE

The OSN 1800 I&II compact chassis can work properly at ultra-low temperatures only when they
are installed in an outdoor cabinet and an AC heater is available.

Boards for Temperature in the Range of -5°C (23°F) to +65°C (+149°F)

The following boards intended for OptiX OSN 1800 I and II can work properly at a
temperature in the range of -5°C (23°F) to +65°C (+149°F), regardless of
configuration scenarios.
● Optical transponder boards: ELOM, TNF2LSX and LDX
● All optical multiplexer and demultiplexer boards: DFIU, DSFIU, FIU, X40 and
EX40
● All optical add and drop multiplexing boards: DMD1, DMD1S, DMD2, DMD2S,
EMR2, EMR4, EMR8, MD8, MD8S, MD8M, MD16M, MR1, MR1S, MR2, MR2S,
MR4, MR4S, MR8, SBM1, SBM2, SBM4, SBM8, MB1, WSMD4 and DWSS9
● All optical amplifier boards: OBU, OPU and BAS1
● System control and communication boards: CTL, and TNF3SCC
● Spectrum analyzer board: OPM8
● Power supply access board: PIU
● Heat dissipation board: FAN

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

NOTE

The ELOM, LDX, and TNF2LSX boards can work at a temperature ranging from -5°C (23°F) to
+65°C (+149°F) only when housing industrial-level optical modules.
If the OBU/OPU boards work at temperature of +65°C (+149°F), they must be installed in left-
side slots (physical slots 1 and 3) of an OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis or left-side slots (physical slots
1 and 3 or 3 and 5) of an OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis.
When the TNF3SCC boards work at a temperature ranging from 55°C to 65°C, the TM1/RM1
and TM2/RM2 optical ports are unavailable.

5.11 Redundancy and Protection

WDM equipment supports multiple types of network level and equipment level
protection, which ensures reliable data transmission.

5.11.1 Network Level Protection

WDM equipment provides various types of network-level protection for OTN,
packet, and TDM networks.

Table 5-7 Network level protection (OTN)

Protection Description

Optical Line It uses the dual fed and selective receiving function of the
Protection OLP board to protect line fibers between adjacent stations by
using diverse routing.

Intra-Board 1+1 It uses the dual fed and selective receiving function of the
Protection OTU/OLP board to protect the OCh fibers by using diverse
routing.

LPT Link-state pass through (LPT) can detect a fault that occurs
on a service access device or an intermediate network, and
then instruct data communication equipment, such as routers,
to immediately start a backup network for communication.
LPT ensures normal transmission of important data.

Client 1+1 It uses the dual fed and selective receiving function of the
Protection OLP/SCS board to protect the OTU and the OCh fibers.

ODUk SNCP It uses the dual fed and selective receiving function of
electrical cross-connections to protect the line board and the
OCh fibers. The cross-connect granularity is ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2,
3, 4, flex) signals.

Tributary SNCP It uses the dual fed and selective receiving function of
electrical cross-connections to protect client SDH/SONET or
ONT services. OptiX OSN equipment supports protection of
ODUk (k = 0, 1) cross-connection signals.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Table 5-8 Network level protection (packet)

Protection Description

Tunnel APS Supports MPLS-TP tunnel APS. In the case of tunnel APS, a
tunnel is set to protect the working tunnel. In this case, when
the working tunnel fails, services are switched to the
protection tunnel for transmission and therefore to realize the
service protection. OptiX OSNOptiXtrans equipment supports
1:1 tunnel APS protection.

PW APS/PW Supports MPLS-TP PW APS/PW FPS.

FPS PW APS/PW FPS is a function that protects PWs. When the
working PW is faulty, PW APS/PW FPS switches services to a
preconfigured protection PW.

MC-PW APS Multi-chassis pseudo wire automatic protection switching

(MC-PW APS) supports configuration of the working and
protection PWs on different devices to implement cross-device
PW protection.

LAG The LAG aggregates multiple physical links to form a logical

link that is at a higher rate. Link aggregation functions
between adjacent equipment. Therefore, link aggregation is
not related to the architecture of the entire network. Link
aggregation is also called port aggregation because each link
corresponds to a port on an Ethernet.

ERPS Ethernet ring protection switching (ERPS) is a protocol for

Ethernet link protection. This protocol is running in an
Ethernet ring and protects links that carry Ethernet services
on the ring, improving the availability of Ethernet services.

MC-LAG Multi-chassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG) enables inter-

device link aggregation and provides dual-homing protection
for Ethernet services.

LPT With LPT enabled, service protection can be provided

regardless of whether faults occur on a service access node, a
service network, or both on a service access node and on a
service network.

MRPS MPLS-TP ring protection switching (MRPS) protects packet

services on ring networks. When the working channel in the
forward direction is faulty, MRPS switches services on the
channel to the protection channel in the reverse direction.

LMSP The packet-based linear MSP scheme is applicable to a point-

to-point physical network, providing MS-layer protection for
the service between two points.

Packet SNCP Packet SNCP protection is configured on universal line boards,

and ODUk SNCP protection is configured on the peer NE.
When detecting a fault, a universal line board or line board
triggers protection switching to protect packet services.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Table 5-9 Network Level Protection (EoS)

Protection Description

LAG The LAG aggregates multiple physical links to form a logical

link at a higher rate. Link aggregation functions between
adjacent equipment and is independent of the network
topology. Link aggregation is also called port aggregation
because each link corresponds to one port in Ethernet
transmission.

LCAS The LCAS function can be used to dynamically adjust the

bandwidth and protect virtual concatenation, whereby
making the network more robust and flexible.

LPT As a protection scheme based on links, LPT enables the pass-

through of the states of the point-to-point link and point-to-
multipoint link. In this manner, LPT realizes the network level
protection for the transmission of point-to-point private line
services and for the transmission of the point-to-multipoint
convergence services.

STP/RSTP The STP and RSTP are used in the loop network. The two
protocols realize routing redundancy by adopting certain
algorithms and break the loop network into a loop-free tree
network, preventing packets from increasing and cycling in an
endless manner in the loop network. In this manner, the
application of the two protocols can prevent the occurrence
of the broadcast storm and MAC address table flapping.
The RSTP is an optimized version of the STP and implements
all the functions of the STP. With the application of the RSTP,
the network convergence is quicker. In addition, in the case of
a link failure, the blocked ports can be enabled to restore
services quickly.

DLAG The Distributed Link Aggregation Group (DLAG) is a

protection group that aggregates two corresponding ports on
two identical boards. The DLAG provides 1+1 protection for
the inter-board ports.

Table 5-10 Network Level Protection (SDH)

Protection Description

LMSP The Linear Multiplex Section Protection (LMSP) scheme is

applicable to a point-to-point physical network, providing MS-
layer protection for the service between two points. WDM
equipment supports 1+1 and 1:N LMSP.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Protection Description

RMSP The Ring Multiplex Section Protection (RMSP) scheme

provides MS-level protection for services between nodes on a
ring network. WDM equipment supports two-fiber
bidirectional MSP.

SNCP The SNCP scheme protects the service that is across subnets.
The SNCP is based on the dual fed and selective receiving
mechanism. The subnet can be a chain, a ring, or a more
complex network.

TPS Tributary protection switching (TPS) enhances service

reliability in a TPS protection group. When TPS detects a
faulty working service board, it rapidly switches services to the
protection service board.

Table 5-11 Network Level Protection (PCM)

Protecti Application Scenario
on Type

E1 SNCP E1 SNCP dually feeds and selectively receives PCM services,

improving equipment reliability.

64K 64K SNCP protects 64 kbit/s services based on the dual feed and
SNCP selective receiving mechanism.

Hitless Teleprotection and differential protection services require

protectio transmission delay symmetry. Hitless protection switching supports
n delay symmetry between working and protection trails and makes
switchin protection switching hitless.
g

5.11.2 Equipment-Level Protection

The WDM equipment provides equipment-level protection, including System
control, switching, and timing board 1+1 redundancy, secondary power supply
module on the board, power redundancy, and fan redundancy.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Table 5-12 Equipment-level protection

Protection Equipment Description Legend
supported

System control, ● 1800 V The System control, ● 1800 V:

switching, and ● 1800 II switching, and timing board
timing board: Enhanced integrates with a system
1+1 redundancy control and communication
● 1800 V Pro (SCC), a cross-connect
● 1800 II Pro (XCS) unit, and a timing
unit. The System control,
● 1800 II Enhanced:
switching, and timing board
1+1 redundancy implements
1+1 protection for the SCC
unit, cross-connect unit, and
timing unit at the same
time. The active and ● 1800 V Pro
standby cross-connect units
connect to service board
slots through the backplane
bus to protect cross-
connection services.
Switching is triggered by
any of the following ● 1800 II Pro
conditions:
● Execution of a manual
switching command
● Hardware fault on the
clock or power supply
unit
● Removal of or cold reset
on the cross-connect
board
● Cold/Warm reset on the
system control board in
the binding mode
● Fault on the cross-
connect bus
NOTE
The SCC switching and XCS
switching are independent
from each other. By default,
they are associated. In other
words, an SCC switching
triggers an XCS switching, and
an XCS switching also triggers
an SCC switching.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Protection Equipment Description Legend

supported

Secondary power ● 1800 I/II ● Automatic shutdown in -

supply module Compact case of DC power input
on important ● 1800 V undervoltage
boards ● Automatic shutdown in
● 1800 II TP
case of output
● 1800 V Pro overcurrent
● 1800 II Pro ● Automatic shutdown in
case of output
overvoltage
● Automatic shutdown in
case of excessively high
internal temperature

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Protection Equipment Description Legend

supported

Power ● 1800 I/II Two PIU/APIU boards adopt ● DC power supplies in

redundancy Compact the hot backup mode to backup mode of 1800 V:
● 1800 V supply power for the
system. When one of the
● 1800 II PIU/APIU board becomes
Enhanced faulty, the subrack can still
● 1800 II TP function properly.
● 1800 V Pro
● 1800 II Pro

● AC power supplies in
backup mode of 1800 V:

● DC power supplies in
backup mode of OSN 1800
II Compact:

● AC power supplies in
backup mode of OSN 1800
II Compact:

● AC power supplies in
backup mode of OSN 1800
I Compact:

● DC power supplies in
backup mode of 1800 II
Enhanced:

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Protection Equipment Description Legend

supported

● DC power supplies in
backup mode of 1800 II TP

● DC power supplies in
backup mode of 1800 V Pro

● DC power supplies in
backup mode of 1800 II Pro

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Protection Equipment Description Legend

supported

Fan redundancy ● 1800 I/II The equipment consists of -

Compact several fans for heat
● 1800 V dissipation. When any one
of the fans fails, other fans
● 1800 II are not affected, and the
Enhanced system can run for 96 hours
● 1800 I at the temperature of –5°C
Enhanced to 40°C.
● 1800 II TP ● The FAN board on the
● 1800 V Pro 1800 I Compact is
equipped with three fans.
● 1800 II Pro
● The FAN board on the
1800 II Compact is
equipped with six fans.
● The FAN board on the
1800 V is equipped with
four fans.
● The FAN board on the
1800 II Enhanced is
equipped with three fans.
● The FAN board on the
1800 I Enhanced is
equipped with three fans.
● The Fan board on the
1800 II TP is equipped
with two fans.
● The FAN board on the
1800 II Pro is equipped
with two fans.
● The FAN board on the
1800 V Pro is equipped
with four fans.

5.12 Automatic Optical Power Management

With the functions, users can better monitor and maintain WDM NEs on a
network.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Table 5-13 Automatic optical power management functions

Functio Description
n

AGC The automatic gain control (AGC) function ensures that channel gain
is not affected when wavelengths are added or dropped or when
there is optical power fluctuation in the WDM system. This function
guarantees normal service running in the WDM system.

ALS ● After the automatic laser shutdown (ALS) function is enabled on

an OTU or an OTN tributary board, the board disables the laser in
the transmit direction when it receives no optical signals from the
upstream board and re-enables the laser after it receives optical
signals. The ALS function prevents human injuries and prolongs
the life of a laser by decreasing the working time of the laser.
● ALS on SDH board: When the fiber between two optical interfaces
disconnects, an R_LOS alarm is reported by the local optical
interface. If the alarm persists for 500 ms, the corresponding laser
on the transmit port at the local end is automatically shut down.
After the fiber connection recovers, the optical interface at the
opposite end detects the laser pulse generated from the local end.
The laser of the optical interface at the opposite end is turned on
and then continuously launches laser beams. After receiving the
laser beam launched by the opposite end, the laser of the local
end is also turned on. As a result, the communication between the
two interfaces recovers and the R_LOS alarm is cleared.
NOTE
The OTU board client-side ALS is irrelevant from the ALS defined in ITU-T G.
664.

IPA OAs have high output optical power. If the fiber connected to an OA
breaks, the OA will still emit light if the laser on the OA is not shut
down. The intense light will cause injury to maintenance personnel
during fiber maintenance. To prevent the light from causing bodily
injury, the product provides the IPA function to shut down the laser
on the affected OA as early as possible when a fiber breaks

OPA The optical power adjust (OPA) function is used during the creation
of an optical service. Users can specify the power adjustment mode
on the NMS when configuring optical cross-connections. If the auto
mode is selected during deployment, the OPA function adjusts the
attenuation of each EVOA on cross-connect paths to make services
available. In practical applications, however, the OPA function should
be used together with manual or tool adjustment to ensure that the
input optical power of optical amplifier (OA) and OTU boards meets
the anticipated system requirements.

5.12.1 AGC
The automatic gain control (AGC) function ensures that channel gain is not
affected by wavelength adding or dropping or optical power fluctuation of the

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

WDM system, and therefore guarantees normal service running in the WDM
system.

The AGC function locks the gain of a single channel using forward and backward
feedback control loops. When an optical amplifier (OA) works in gain locking
mode and the input optical power fluctuates, the AGC function automatically
starts without requiring configuration on the NMS. In this manner, the output
optical power of the OA changes according to the input optical power and
channel gain remains the same. Figure 5-42 shows how the AGC function works
during optical power fluctuation.

Figure 5-42 AGC function during optical power fluctuation

The AGC function can also ensure that the gain of existing channels remains the
same during wavelength adding or dropping, as shown in Figure 5-43.

Figure 5-43 AGC function during wavelength adding or dropping

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5.12.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/

1800 I Enhanced/1800 II Pro/1800 V Pro)
When a client-side or WDM-side fault occurs during the transmission of non-OTN
services, the automatic laser shutdown (ALS) function, if being enabled, shuts
down the laser(s) on the associated transmit ports. It turns on the laser(s) on the
transmit port(s) again when the fault has been eliminated. With ALS being
enabled, fault information about the WDM equipment can be transmitted to client
equipment, allowing the client equipment to know the link status.

NOTE

This chapter describes the ALS function implemented by both the client side and WDM side
of an OTN system, which is different from the ITU-T G.664-compliant ALS function of SDH
line ports. The latter applies to an SDH system and can shut down a line-side laser upon a
fiber cut, protecting maintenance personnel from laser radiation.

ALS Application Scenarios

Table 5-14 ALS application scenarios

Fault Transmission Auxiliary ALS Trigger Application Scenario
Condition Example

Forward FW_Defect, ● ALS Implementation

FW_OPUk_CSF upon a Client-Side
Fault During
Backward BW_Client_R_LOS, Interconnection
BW_WDM_Defect Between Tributary
Boards, Line Boards,
or OTU Boards
● ALS Implementation
upon a WDM-Side
Fault During
Interconnection
Between Tributary
Boards, Line Boards,
or OTU Boards
NOTE
● WDM-side line ports do not support ALS. The WDM-side lasers are turned on by
default.
● Bidirectional fault transmission is supported when both forward and backward auxiliary
ALS trigger conditions are enabled. Please refer to Trigger Conditions.

ALS Implementation upon a Client-Side Fault During Interconnection

Between Tributary Boards, Line Boards, or OTU Boards
ALS is enabled by default for client-side optical ports on tributary boards. As
illustrated in Figure 5-44, when ALS is enabled (The auxiliary ALS trigger
condition FW_Defect, FW_OPUk_CSF are enabled for client-side port A, and the
auxiliary ALS trigger condition BW_Client_R_LOS is enabled for client-side port D):

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

1. Client-side port E in the upstream direction detects an R_LOS alarm.

2. ALS is triggered for port A in the downstream direction, and the laser on port
A is shut down.
3. ALS is triggered for port D in the transmit direction, and the laser on port D is
shut down.

Figure 5-44 ALS implementation upon a client-side fault during interconnection

between tributary boards, line boards, or OTU boards

ALS Implementation upon a WDM-Side Fault During Interconnection

Between Tributary Boards, Line Boards, or OTU Boards
As illustrated in Figure 5-45, when ALS is enabled (The auxiliary ALS trigger
condition FW_Defect, FW_OPUk_CSF are enabled for client-side ports A, and the
auxiliary ALS trigger condition BW_WDM_Defect is enabled for client-side ports
D):
1. WDM-side port B in the upstream direction detects a fault.
2. ALS is triggered for ports A, and the lasers on ports A are shut down.
3. Port B sends a lower order ODUk_PM_BDI alarm signal to port C.
4. ALS is triggered for ports D, and the lasers on ports D are shut down.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-45 ALS implementation upon a WDM-side fault during interconnection

between tributary boards, line boards, or OTU boards

5.12.3 Automatic Laser Shutdown (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II

TP )
When a client-side or WDM-side fault occurs during the transmission of non-OTN
services, the automatic laser shutdown (ALS) function, if being enabled, shuts
down the lasers on the associated transmit ports. It turns on the lasers on the
transmit ports again when the fault has been eliminated. With ALS being enabled,
fault information about the WDM equipment can be transmitted to client
equipment.

NOTE

This chapter describes the ALS function implemented by both the client side and WDM side
of an OTN system, which is different from the ITU-T G.664-compliant ALS function of SDH
line ports. The latter applies to an SDH system and can shut down a line-side laser upon a
fiber cut, protecting maintenance personnel from laser radiation.

ALS Application Scenario

Table 5-15 ALS applications

ALS Application Auxiliary ALS Trigger Example
Scenario Condition

Forward FW_Defect, OTU board scenario

FW_OPUk_CSF (bidirectional fault
transmission): OTU
Backward BW_Client_R_LOS, board interconnection
BW_WDM_Defect (ALS supported only on
the client side)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

ALS Application Auxiliary ALS Trigger Example

Scenario Condition
NOTE
● WDM-side line ports do not support ALS. The WDM-side lasers are turned on by
default.
● Bidirectional fault transmission is supported when both forward and backward auxiliary
ALS trigger conditions are enabled. Please refer to Trigger Conditions.

OTU board scenario (bidirectional fault transmission): OTU board

interconnection (ALS supported only on the client side)
For OTU boards, client-side lasers default to the OFF state while WDM-side lasers
default to the ON state. By default, the ALS function is disabled for the ports
where the default service type is OTN and enabled for other ports.
As shown in Figure 5-46, when ALS is enabled:
● If the FW_Defect, FW_OPUk_CSF auxiliary ALS trigger conditions are enabled
for port A and R_LOS is detected on upstream port E, ALS is triggered for
client-side port A on the downstream board to turn off the laser on port A.
● If the BW_Client_R_LOS auxiliary ALS trigger condition is also enabled for port
D, ALS is triggered for port D to turn off the laser on port D.

Figure 5-46 OTU board scenario (bidirectional fault transmission): ALS

implementation upon a client-side fault in an OTU board interconnection scenario

As shown in Figure 5-47, when ALS is enabled:

● If the FW_Defect, FW_OPUk_CSF auxiliary ALS trigger conditions are enabled
for port A and a fault is detected on WDM-side port B, ALS is triggered for
client-side port A on the downstream board to turn off the laser on port A.
● If the BW_WDM_Defect auxiliary ALS trigger condition is also enabled for port
D, a lower order (LO) ODUk_PM_BDI alarm signal is inserted to port C,

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

triggering ALS for port D and subsequently causing the laser on port D to be
turned off.

Figure 5-47 OTU board scenario (bidirectional fault transmission): ALS

implementation upon a WDM-side fault in an OTU board interconnection scenario

5.12.4 Intelligent Power Adjustment

OAs have high output optical power. If the fiber connected to an OA breaks, the
OA will still emit light if the laser on the OA is not shut down. The intense light
will cause injury to maintenance personnel during fiber maintenance. To prevent
the light from causing bodily injury, the product provides the IPA function to shut
down the laser on the affected OA as early as possible when a fiber breaks.

CAUTION

If OA boards with maximum output optical power of over 21.3 dBm are
configured in a system, the IPA function must be configured; otherwise, safety
cannot be ensured and injuries may result.

● Without IPA: As shown in Figure 5-48, the OAs still emit light during fiber
maintenance if the IPA function is not configured. The laser radiation from
the exposed fiber will cause injury to the human body.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-48 Scenario without IPA configured

● With IPA: As shown in Figure 5-49, lasers on the OAs are shut down during
fiber maintenance if the IPA function is configured and enabled. No laser
radiation comes from the exposed fiber, and therefore human safety is
ensured.

Figure 5-49 Scenario with IPA configured

5.12.5 OPA
The optical power adjust (OPA) function is used during the creation of an optical
service.
Users can specify the power adjustment mode on the NMS when configuring
optical cross-connections. If the auto mode is selected during deployment, the
OPA function adjusts the attenuation of each EVOA on cross-connect paths to
make services available. In practical applications, however, the OPA function
should be used together with manual or tool adjustment to ensure that the input
optical power of optical amplifier (OA) and OTU boards meets the anticipated
system requirements.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Overview
For an ROADM site as shown in Figure 5-50, an OPA adjustment area includes
power adjustment points and power reference points. Each OPA adjustment area
can have one or multiple power adjustment points. The OPA function
automatically adjusts the attenuation of each EVOA inside each OPA adjustment
area based on the optical power at the output and input power reference points.
● Power reference point: the rated input/output power of the OA board, and the
input power threshold and output power of the OTU board.
● Power adjustment point: EVOA-equipped boards inside an OPA adjustment
area, including ROADM boards, OA boards.
● OPA adjustment area: the area made up of power adjustment and reference
points.

NOTE

The ROADM board must be configured in the OPA function.

For an extended intra-board 1+1 protection scenario, you are advised to set OPA Mode to
Manual.

The OPA function does not adjust the attenuation of an EVOA that is out of the
OPA adjustment area. Instead users have to manually adjust the attenuation of
the EVOA, if required. For example, the VA1 board in Figure 5-50 is a such EVOA.

Figure 5-50 Schematic diagram of the OPA function

Implementation Principle
The implementation principles of the OPA function are similar in different
application scenarios. The following uses the "OA > DWSS9 > DWSS9 > OA"
application scenario as an example to describe the implementation principle.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-51 Schematic diagram of the OPA function

The optical power is adjusted based on the following formula: EVOA1 + EVOA2 +
EVOA3 = Pout - Pin - Wadd - Wdrop. The attenuation computed using the formula
is allocated to three adjustment points by average. The system control board
issues a command to the ROADM and OA boards to change the attenuation of
the built-in EVOA and therefore adjust the optical power. If the power adjustment
fails, an OPA_FAIL_INDI alarm will be reported.
NOTE

● If the attenuation of the OA board has never been adjusted, the attenuation of both the
ROADM and OA boards will be adjusted. If the attenuation of the OA board has been
adjusted, only the attenuation of the ROADM board will be adjusted.
● The optical-layer boards must reside on the same NE.
● The formula should contain the insertion loss of all the boards in the power adjustment
areas.

Multi-Section Power Adjustment by OPA

In a multi-section application, the OPA function divides the optical cross-connect
path on an NE into multiple OPA adjustment areas along the signal flow on the
line. Each OPA adjustment area starts from an output power reference point and
terminates at an input power reference point.
For example, on the optical cross-connect path shown in Figure 5-52, the OPA
function performs power adjustment for the first section prior to the second
section. If the adjustment for the first section fails, it terminates the power
adjustment and will not perform power adjustment for the second section.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-52 Multi-section power adjustment by OPA

Typical Application Scenarios

Table 5-16 Typical application scenarios of OPA

Add Direction Drop Direction Pass-through
Direction

● OTU>EX40/ ● OA>WSMD4/DWSS9/ ● OA>WSMD4>WS

X40>WSMD4/DWSS9/ WSMD9XF>EX40/X40>OTU MD4>OA
WSMD9XF>OA ● OA>WSMD4/DWSS9/ ● OA>DWSS9>DW
● OTU>EMRX/ WSMD9XF>EMRX/ SS9>OA
MRX>WSMD4/ MRX>OTU ● OA>WSMD9XF>
DWSS9/ WSMD9XF>OA
WSMD9XF>OA

The automatic The automatic adjustment is The automatic

adjustment is based on based on the following adjustment is based
the following formula: formula: Total attenuation to on the following
Total attenuation to be be adjusted = Nominal output formula: Total
adjusted = Output optical power of the OA board attenuation to be
optical power of the OTU - Wavelength-drop insertion adjusted = Nominal
board - Insertion loss of loss of the ROADM board - output optical
EX40/X40 (EMRX/MRX) - Insertion loss of EX40/X40 power of the OA
Wavelength-add (EMRX/MRX) - Average value board -
insertion loss of the of the upper and lower input Wavelength-drop
ROADM board - Nominal optical power thresholds of insertion loss of the
input optical power of the OTU board ROADM board -
the OA board Wavelength-add
insertion loss of the
ROADM board -
Nominal input
optical power of
the OA board

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5.13 Clock Synchronization

The WDM OTN series products support physical-layer clock, IEEE 1588v2 clock,
and synchronous Ethernet clock to achieve end-to-end clock transmission.

5.13.1 Why Does the WDM/OTN Network Need Clock

Synchronization?
To provide a synchronous clock source for mobile base stations, the entire
WDM/OTN transport network must support clock synchronization.

Mobile Backhaul Network Requires the WDM/OTN Network to Implement

Clock Synchronization
In a mobile backhaul network, clock synchronization must be strictly implemented
between base stations. Currently, there are multiple clock synchronization
solutions in the industry, such as GPS and IEEE 1588v2.
● Traditional GPS clock synchronization:
– High cost: Each base station must be configured with a GPS system.
– High failure rate: Each base station is configured with only one satellite
card (receiving GPS signals), which is not protected.
– Poor maintainability: If the GPS fails, you must replace the hardware
onsite, and remote maintenance cannot be performed.
● IEEE 1588v2 clock synchronization:
– Low cost: Only two GPS devices need to be configured to implement
clock synchronization on the entire network. The GPS system is not
required for each base station.
– High reliability: End-to-end clock protection can be configured.
– High maintainability: There is no construction restriction, deployment is
simple, and unified management is implemented using the NMS.
However, IEEE 1588v2 requires that all devices on a network support the IEEE
1588v2 protocol. Otherwise, the clock performance may not meet the high-
precision clock requirements of a wireless network if only simple transparent
transmission of time is implemented.
The WDM/OTN network itself does not need to implement clock synchronization.
To provide clock signals for a PTN/SDH network, the WDM/OTN network needs to
obtain the active and standby clock sources from the building integrated timing
supply (BITS) system to implement clock synchronization on the entire network.
The PTN/SDH network needs only to use the clock source of the WDM/OTN
network to implement clock synchronization, and then provides the clock source
for base stations to achieve synchronization.

SDH Modernization Requires the WDM/OTN Network to Implement Clock

Synchronization
With the advent of 4K video, LTE/LTE-A, and cloud era, the demand for high
bandwidth is strong. The network bandwidth of existing SDH devices is low and

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

cannot satisfy the development requirements of new services. In addition, SDH

devices are old and have high power consumption and OPEX. Therefore, carriers
are in urgent need of reconstructing networks to improve customer experience.
Huawei's MS-OTN solution inherits all SDH capabilities and implements unified
transmission of TDM/OTN/PKT services. It also features ultra-high bandwidth,
simplified O&M, and future-oriented smooth evolution. It is the best solution for
SDH modernization.
The SDH network is a synchronous network. Therefore, when a WDM/OTN
network is used to replace the SDH network, SDH services are directly processed
as a part of the SDH network. Therefore, the WDM/OTN network must support
clock synchronization.

Architecture of a WDM/OTN Clock Synchronous Network

A complete clock synchronous network consists of clock sources, transmission
network, and base stations. Huawei WDM/OTN devices are located in the
transmission network.
● Clock source: Generally, master and slave clock/time source devices are
configured on a clock synchronous network. The clock sources are configured
with different clock quality and priorities to implement backup.
● Transmission network: Common topologies of a transmission network are
ring, tree, chain, and mesh. Ring topologies are recommended for
transmission networks because a synchronous network requires network
protection. At the edge of the network, chain topologies can be used.
● Base station: A radio transceiver station transmits information between a
Node B and a mobile terminal through a mobile communication center.

Figure 5-53 Architecture of the clock synchronous network

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

5.13.2 Clock Synchronization Requirements of Service

Networks
Clock synchronization includes both frequency synchronization and phase
synchronization. Frequency synchronization is the basis of phase synchronization.
That is, the frequencies of devices with synchronized phases are also synchronized.
● Frequency synchronization: Frequency synchronization means that different
signals have the same number of pulses within the same time interval, so that
all devices on the communication network run at the same rate.
● Phase synchronization: Phase synchronization means that not only signals
have the same number of pulses within the same time interval, but also the
start time and end time of each pulse are the same.

Figure 5-54 Frequency synchronization and phase synchronization

With the development of wireless networks such as LTE TDD and LTE FDD, service
networks, especially radio access networks (RANs), have strict requirements on
clock synchronization.

Table 5-17 Clock synchronization requirements of mobile communication

networks
Wireless Required Required Recommended Synchronization
Access Frequency Phase Mode of the Bearer Network
Mode Synchroniza Synchroni
tion zation
Precision Precision

GSM 0.05 ppm Phase Physical-layer clocks

synchroniz
ation is
not
required.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Wireless Required Required Recommended Synchronization

Access Frequency Phase Mode of the Bearer Network
Mode Synchroniza Synchroni
tion zation
Precision Precision

WCDMA 0.05 ppm Phase Physical-layer clocks

synchroniz
ation is
not
required.

TD- 0.05 ppm ±1.5 µs Physical-layer clocks + IEEE 1588v2/

SCDMA ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2

CDMA200 0.05 ppm ±3 µs Physical-layer clocks + IEEE 1588v2/

0 ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2

WiMax 0.05 ppm Phase Physical-layer clocks

FDD synchroniz
ation is
not
required.

WiMax 0.011 ppm/ ±1 µs Physical-layer clocks + IEEE 1588v2/

TDD 3.5G, 7 ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2
carrier wave

LTE FDD 0.05 ppm Phase Physical-layer clocks

synchroniz
ation is
not
required.

LTE TDD 0.05 ppm ±1.5 µs Physical-layer clocks + IEEE 1588v2/

ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2

In addition to the communication network, billing systems and network

management systems also require phase synchronization.

Table 5-18 Phase synchronization requirements of other common systems

System Required Time Recommended
Synchronization Synchronization Mode
Precision of the Bearer Network

Billing system 500 ms IEEE 1588v2/ITU-T G.

8275.1/G.8273.2

Communication network 500 ms IEEE 1588v2/ITU-T G.

management system 8275.1/G.8273.2

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

System Required Time Recommended

Synchronization Synchronization Mode
Precision of the Bearer Network

Signaling system No.7 1 ms IEEE 1588v2/ITU-T G.

8275.1/G.8273.2

Positioning system 1 µs (equivalent to a IEEE 1588v2/ITU-T G.

positioning precision of 8275.1/G.8273.2
300 m)

5.13.3 Frequency Synchronization Solutions

This section describes the implementation modes and typical application scenarios
of frequency synchronization.

Solution Comparison
WDM/OTN devices support the following frequency synchronization solutions. You
are advised to use the same solution on an entire WDM/OTN network.
● (Recommended) Physical-layer clock synchronization:
– The equipment directly recovers clock frequencies from physical signals.
The equipment hardware, however, must support clock extraction.
Therefore, each node must support the physical-layer clock to implement
frequency synchronization on the entire network.
– The performance is stable and reliable, and is not subject to network load
changes.
– The technology is mature, easy to implement, and easy to maintain.
● PTP frequency synchronization:
– PTP (IEEE 1588v2 or ITU-T G.8275.1) is used to implement frequency
synchronization based on the timestamps in Sync messages. It is a
frequency estimation and correction mode and has a lower
synchronization precision than the physical-layer clock synchronization
mode.
– In addition, the synchronization is implemented hop by hop, which
requires that each node in the synchronization network must support
IEEE 1588v2/ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2.

Frequency Source Input/Output

The WDM/OTN devices are interconnected with the BITS or PTN devices in the
following ways to implement frequency source input/output:

● (Recommended) 2M external clock port: When the frequency source needs to

be obtained from the BITS or the clocks of the master and slave subracks
need to be cascaded, the frequency source can be obtained through the 2M
external clock port.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

● Ethernet port: When the WDM/OTN devices are interconnected with PTN
devices, SDH devices, or routers, you are advised to obtain the frequency
source from the Ethernet port.

Internal Frequency Synchronization of the WDM/OTN Network

● (Recommended) OSC mode: The optical supervisory channel (OSC) board is
used to transmit frequency information.
● ESC mode: The OTU board, tributary/line board, or packet service board is
used to transmit frequency information.

Typical Scenario
The following figure uses physical clocks as an example to describe the typical
scenario of frequency synchronization. In this scenario, all devices on the
WDM/OTN network must support physical clocks.

Figure 5-55 Networking of a typical scenario

NOTE

The protection frequency tracing path shown in the preceding figure is an example of the
path for transmitting clock signals after the clock source is switched to the slave BITS
because the master BITS is faulty. The active and standby clock sources cannot be
concurrently transmitted on the network.

5.13.4 Phase Synchronization Solutions

This section describes the implementation methods and typical application
scenarios of phase synchronization.

Solution Comparison
WDM devices support the following phase synchronization solutions. You are
advised to use the same solution on an entire WDM/OTN network.

Frequency synchronization is the basis of phase synchronization. That is, the

frequencies of devices with synchronized phases must also be synchronized.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Table 5-19 Phase synchronization solutions

Solution Description

(Recommended) Physical The synchronization precision is high, and the

clock frequency bandwidth usage is low.
synchronization+IEEE 1588v2
phase synchronization

IEEE 1588v2 frequency and This solution features easy deployment and
phase synchronization simple O&M. Compared with physical clock
frequency synchronization+IEEE 1588v2 phase
synchronization, this solution provides lower
synchronization precision but requires higher
bandwidth usage.

Physical clock frequency This solution applies only to the

synchronization + ITU-T G. telecommunication field. Compared with
8275.1 phase physical clock frequency synchronization+IEEE
synchronization 1588v2 phase synchronization, this solution uses
the BMCA algorithm to trace the Grand Master
clock on the shortest path, which ensures higher
synchronization precision and prevents reverse
tracing.

ITU-T G.8275.1 for frequency The BMCA algorithm is used to prevent reverse
synchronization and phase tracing.
synchronization

Phase Source Input/Output

The WDM/OTN devices are interconnected with the BITS or PTN devices in the
following ways to implement phase source input/output:
● (Recommended) 1PPS+TOD external time port: When the phase source needs
to be obtained from the BITS or the master and slave time subracks need to
be cascaded, the 1PPS+TOD external time port can be used to obtain the
phase source.
● Ethernet port: When the WDM/OTN devices are interconnected with PTN
devices, SDH devices, or routers, you are advised to obtain the phase source
from the Ethernet port.

Internal Phase Synchronization of the WDM/OTN Network

● (Recommended) OSC mode: The OSC board is used to transmit phase
information.
● ESC mode: The OTU board, tributary/line board, or packet service board is
used to transmit phase information.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

NOTE

The ESC two-fiber bidirectional phase synchronization mode is easily affected by

protection switching and board latency difference. If the east-west latency difference is
too large, phase indicators change and deteriorate. As a result, frequent network
switching occurs and maintenance cannot be performed.

Typical Scenario
The following figure uses physical-layer clocks + IEEE 1588v2 as an example to
describe a typical scenario of phase synchronization. In this scenario, all devices on
the WDM/OTN network must support IEEE 1588v2.

Figure 5-56 Networking of a typical scenario

NOTE

The protection frequency tracing path shown in the preceding figure is an example of the
path for transmitting clock signals after the clock source is switched to the slave BITS
because the master BITS is faulty. The active and standby clock sources cannot be
concurrently transmitted on the network.
The phase tracing paths shown in the figure are used for reference only. On a practical
network, each NE determines the phase tracing paths based on algorithms.

5.13.5 E2E WDM/OTN Clock Solution

The following figure illustrates how Huawei WDM/OTN devices achieve end-to-
end (E2E) clock synchronization from the backbone layer to the access layer.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-57 E2E clock networking diagram

NOTE

The protection frequency tracing path shown in the preceding figure is an example of the
path for transmitting clock signals after the clock source is switched to the slave BITS
because the master BITS is faulty. The active and standby clock sources cannot be
concurrently transmitted on the network.
The phase tracing paths shown in the figure are used for reference only. On a practical
network, each NE determines the phase tracing paths based on algorithms.

5.13.6 Introduction of Physical Clocks (OTN, Packet, and SDH)

WDM/OTN devices support physical-layer clocks, which can be used to implement
frequency synchronization. To implement phase synchronization, physical-layer
clocks must work with other features.

Description
In physical clock synchronization mode, WDM devices restore frequency signals
from physical signals such as Ethernet links, packet links, and SDH links to achieve
frequency synchronization between upstream and downstream devices. Physical
clocks require the device hardware to support clock extraction. Therefore, to
achieve network-wide frequency synchronization, each node must support
physical-layer clocks.

Application Scenario
Physical clocks can be used in the following scenarios:
● Physical-layer clock (OTN tributary): Supports synchronous Ethernet
processing and synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission to implement
frequency synchronization.
– Synchronous Ethernet processing: The system clock performs frequency
synchronization for upstream NEs one at a time. Synchronous Ethernet
processing can be used with IEEE 1588v2 to implement phase
synchronization.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

– Synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission: It only transmits the

clock to the destination node to guarantee clock quality. This achieves
only internal free-run on an NE but no frequency synchronization with
the upstream NE. Synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission cannot
work with IEEE 1588v2 to implement phase synchronization.
● Physical clock (packet): On a packet network, packet boards can be used to
implement frequency synchronization.
● Physical clock (SDH): In an SDH modernization scenario where the SDH
network must be synchronized, SDH boards can be used to implement
frequency synchronization for base stations.

Figure 5-58 Physical clock scenarios

NOTE

The protection frequency tracing path shown in the preceding figure is an example of the
path for transmitting clock signals after the clock source is switched to the slave BITS
because the master BITS is faulty. The active and standby clock sources cannot be
concurrently transmitted on the network.

For more details, see the WDM OTN Clock Feature Guide.

5.13.7 Introduction of IEEE 1588v2 (OTN & Packet)

WDM/OTN equipment supports IEEE 1588v2 to implement frequency and phase
synchronization.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Overview
Traditional GPS signals can satisfy time synchronization requirements but feature
high installation and maintenance costs. In addition, GPS signals depend on
satellites, which may bring security risks. As a remedy, the IEEE organization
defines the IEEE 1588v2 standard, which enables precise clock synchronization
between distributed and standalone devices in measurement and control systems
through the precision time protocol (PTP). The phase synchronization precision
reaches nanosecond level.

Application Scenario
Different from physical clocks that recover clock information from service bit
streams, IEEE 1588v2 implements frequency and phase synchronization through
PTP packet exchanges, as shown in the following figure. The synchronization is
implemented hop by hop, which requires that all devices in the synchronization
network must support IEEE 1588v2.

Figure 5-59 IEEE 1588v2 application scenario

NOTE

The protection frequency tracing path shown in the preceding figure is an example of the
path for transmitting clock signals after the clock source is switched to the slave BITS
because the master BITS is faulty. The active and standby clock sources cannot be
concurrently transmitted on the network.
The phase tracing paths shown in the figure are used for reference only. On a practical
network, each NE determines the phase tracing paths based on algorithms.

For more details, see the WDM OTN Clock Feature Guide.

5.13.8 Introduction of ITU-T G.8275.1/G.8273.2 (OTN &

Packet)
WDM/OTN equipment supports ITU-T G.8275.1 and ITU-T G.8273.2 to implement
clock and time synchronization.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

ITU-T G.8275.1 Overview

ITU-T G.8275.1 is a precise time synchronization telecommunications standard
defined based on the IEEE 1588v2 PTP protocol. Compared with IEEE 1588v2, ITU-
T G.8275.1 features the following:
● Simplifies NE models and source selection algorithms, making the standard
more suitable for the telecommunications field.
● Defines packets more specifically, facilitating interconnection and
interworking.
The following figure shows the values of the ITU-T G.8275.1 standard.

Figure 5-60 ITU-T G.8275.1 values

ITU-T G.8275.1 Application Scenario

Different from physical clocks that recover clock information from service bit
streams, ITU-T G.8275.1 implements frequency and phase synchronization through
PTP packet exchanges, as shown in the following figure. The synchronization is
implemented hop by hop, which requires that all devices in the synchronization
network must support the ITU-T G.8275.1 function.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

Figure 5-61 ITU-T G.8275.1 application scenario

NOTE

The protection frequency tracing path shown in the preceding figure is an example of the
path for transmitting clock signals after the clock source is switched to the slave BITS
because the master BITS is faulty. The active and standby clock sources cannot be
concurrently transmitted on the network.
The phase tracing paths shown in the figure are used for reference only. On a practical
network, each NE determines the phase tracing paths based on algorithms.

ITU-T G.8273.2 Overview

IEEE 1588v2 defines only the time synchronization protocol methods, but does not
define the synchronization performance. ITU-T G.8273.2 clearly defines the time
synchronization performance of each single device from the following aspects:
time error, noise tolerance, noise transfer, transient phase response, and holdover.

WDM equipment complies with the ITU-T G.8275.1 and G.8273.2 standards and
satisfies the carrier-level time synchronization precision requirements.

ITU-T G.8273.2 has the same application scenario as ITU-T G.8275.1. To use ITU-T
G.8273.2, you must configure it with ITU-T G.8275.1.

For more details, see the WDM OTN Clock Feature Guide.

5.14 ASON
The automatically switched optical network (ASON) is a new generation of the
optical transport network and is all called ASON optical network. Compared with
a traditional WDM network, an ASON-empowered WDM network has advantages
in service configuration, bandwidth utilization, and protection.

Challenges of the Traditional Transport Network

In the traditional transmission network, the WDM transmission equipment
functions as fibers. Currently, the WDM transmission equipment also carries

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 5 Product Features

services, posing more requirements on the operability of the WDM equipment. The
traditional network faces the following challenges:
● Service configurations are complex, and it is time-consuming to expand
system capacity and provision services.
● Bandwidth utilization is low and inefficient. For example, on a ring network,
half of the bandwidth is always vacant.
● Limited protection modes are applicable, among which the self-healing
protection has poor performance.

Benefits of Huawei ASON Solution

To address these challenges, Huawei provides the ASON solution. ASON enhances
the network connection management and fault recovery capabilities by
introducing signaling to the traditional transmission network and providing a
control plane.
Compared with the traditional WDM network, the ASON has the following
features:
● Configures end-to-end services automatically.
● Discovers the topology automatically.
● Provides mesh networking that enhances the survivability of the network.
● Supports different services that are provided with different levels of protection
based on service levels at the client layer.
● Provides traffic engineering and dynamically adjusts logical network
topologies in real time to optimize the configuration of network resources
based on service demands at the client layer.
ASON User Guide describes the functions, working principles, alarms of ASON
equipment. In addition, this manual describes how to plan, commission, configure,
maintain, and troubleshoot ASON equipment.
ASON User Guide:
● Enterprise:
OSN 1800 8800 9800 ASON User Guide

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

6 Network Management (NCE)

The WDM equipment can be managed through the ETH port (management
Ethernet port) using the Network Cloud Engine (NCE), and it also supports the
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
The WDM equipment adopts a standard management information model and the
object-oriented management technology. The NCE can exchange information
directly with the NE software through the communication module, which realizes
the management of alarms and performance, and implements end-to-end
configuration on the management plane.
The WDM equipment supports the Simple Network Management Protocol,
SNMPv2 or SNMPv3 so that the third-party NMS can monitor the WDM
equipment.
Figure 6-1 shows network management.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Figure 6-1 Network management

NOTE

The figure uses a network where Huawei equipment is deployed at different layers as an
example. In this figure, NEs at sites A, F are OSN 1800 NEs, NEs at site B-E are OptiX OSN
8800 NEs.

As shown in the figure above, network management involves:

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

● NCE
● Inter-NE communication management:
– The NEs between site A (OSN 1800) and site B (OptiX OSN 8800) are
interconnected with fibers and exchange information over electric
supervisory channels (ESCs)/optical supervisory channels (OSCs)using the
HWECC or IP over DCC protocol.
– The NEs between sites B and E are interconnected with fibers and
exchange information over ESCs using the HWECC or IP over DCC
protocol.
– Some NEs between sites A and F (for example, NEs at site A) are
interconnected with network cables, and exchange information over
Ethernet channels (at ETH ports on the related boards) using the HWECC
or IP over DCC protocol.
– The NEs at sites B and D are used as gateway NEs (GNEs) and are
connected to the external DCN through a switch or router,
communicating with the network management system (NMS). All the
other NEs are used as NON-GNE, communicating with the NMS through
the GNEs.

Network Cloud Engine

The NCE integrates the functions of the NMS, SDN controller, and network
analysis system. It provides not only the traditional fault, configuration,
accounting, performance, and security (FCAPS) functions, but also advanced
functions of the intent-driven network, such as network visualization, service
automation, and intelligent O&M.

Inter-NE Communication Management

Inter-NE communication management is based on data communication network
(DCN). A DCN consists of network management systems (NMSs), gateway NEs
(GNEs), non-GNEs, and the connections between them. Both the NMSs and NEs
are nodes of a DCN. The DCN between the NMSs and NEs is called the external
DCN, and the DCN between NEs is called the internal DCN.
● An external DCN is a local area network (LAN) or a wide area network
(WAN) and uses the TCP/IP protocol for communication. It provides
communication between NMSs and communication between the NMS server
and GNEs.
● An internal DCN provides communication between NEs using the HWECC or
TCP/IP protocol. The protocol packets are transmitted over ESC, OSC or
Ethernet channels.
6.1 Network Cloud Engine
The NCE integrates the functions of the NMS, SDN controller, and network
analysis system. It provides not only the traditional FCAPS functions, but also
advanced functions of the intent-driven network, such as network visualization,
service automation, and intelligent O&M.
6.2 Inter-NE Communication Management Based on DCN
This section describes the implementation scheme and network application of
inter-NE communication management based on DCN.
6.3 Intra-NE Communication Management based on Master-Slave Shelf

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

This section describes the planning principles and cascading scheme of intra-NE
communication management based on master-slave shelf.
6.4 Synchronization Between the NCE and NEs
With the time synchronization function, consistency is maintained between the NE
time and the NCE time. This allows the NCE to record the correct time at which
alarms occur and the correct time at which abnormal events are reported by NEs.
6.5 Interfaces Between the NMS and OSS
The NCE provides network monitoring information, such as the alarm,
performance, and inventory information, for OSSs through NBIs. These NBIs also
support network management, control, and analytics functions, such as service
configuration and diagnostic tests. Through NBIs, the NCE can integrate with
different OSSs flexibly.

6.1 Network Cloud Engine

The NCE integrates the functions of the NMS, SDN controller, and network
analysis system. It provides not only the traditional FCAPS functions, but also
advanced functions of the intent-driven network, such as network visualization,
service automation, and intelligent O&M.

The NCE provides the functions and features in the form of application (app).
Table1 describes the functions and features intended for the WDM/OTN networks.

Table 6-1 Main functions and features of the NCE (transmission domain)

Functions and Features Remarks Function

Access

Network Topology Creates and manages NEs and Network

managem management fibers/cables in the topology view Managemen
ent to allow for comprehensive t app
understanding of the networking
and running status of the entire
network.

NE The NE Explorer is used to

management implement NE-level management,
including NE attributes, board
configuration, and per-NE service
configuration.

E2E service Configures and manages services

management on the traditional network in E2E
mode (trail mode).

Network Visualized Graphically displays the utilization Optical

Visualizati resources of resources such as wavelengths, Service
on sub-wavelengths, and ports on the Provisioning
SDN network to allow for real- app
time understanding of the
network resource status.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Functions and Features Remarks Function

Access

Visualized Displays inter-site latency based

latency on the network topology. You can
specify the source and sink nodes
to query the latency and available
bandwidth of multiple available
paths.

Service Agile service Quickly provisions client services,

automatio provisioning E-Line services, SDH services,
n ODUk channels, and OCh
channels by using templates.

Bandwidth on Supports real-time and scheduled

Demand adjustment (bandwidth calendar)
(BoD) of service bandwidth, and
reservation and activation of
services.

OVPN Supports slicing of link resources

on the SDN networks to specify
link bandwidth reserved for users
so that a logically independent
private network can be formed.

Monitorin Alarm Monitors alarms of NEs, system Alarm

g and monitoring services, and third-party systems Monitor app
assurance in a centralized manner to quickly
locate and rectify network faults
and ensure normal service
running.

Performance Monitors the performance data Network

monitoring such as ports, links, and services Managemen
on the PMS system. t app

Key service Proactively monitors and Key Service

monitoring maintains services related to Assurance
critical events and key services in app
a timely manner, detects network
faults and potential risks in
advance, and provides proactive
notifications before user
complaints to improve customer
satisfaction.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Functions and Features Remarks Function

Access

O&M Network The software simulates node or Optical

intelligenc survivability link resource faults (such as a Network
e analysis protection downgrade, rerouting, Survivability
and interruption) on the SDN Analysis app
network and automatically
analyzes the impact on dynamic
services to help users determine
whether the service quality has
violation risks and take measures
in advance.

6.2 Inter-NE Communication Management Based on

DCN
This section describes the implementation scheme and network application of
inter-NE communication management based on DCN.

6.2.1 DCN Network Application

The DCN supports various networking modes. NEs can be connected through
optical interfaces or Ethernet ports for inter-NE communication. In certain
situations, inter-NE communication supports transparent transmission of OAM
information from third-party equipment.
The DCN has the following typical applications depending on the networking.

Networking with Only Huawei Equipment

Figure 6-2 shows the typical networking setup when only Huawei equipment is
used.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Figure 6-2 Networking setup when using only Huawei equipment

Network Application Where Third-Party Equipment Transparently Transmits

OAM Information from Huawei Equipment
Figure 6-3 shows a network where third-party equipment transparently transmits
OAM information from Huawei equipment.

Figure 6-3 Network application where third-party equipment transparently

transmits OAM information from Huawei equipment

In this scenario, the third-party equipment must transparently transmit OAM

information from Huawei equipment. During information transmission, the third-
party equipment must not parse the OAM information. In addition, the third-party
equipment must not terminate GCC/DCC bytes.

6.2.2 DCN Implementation Scheme

A data communication network (DCN) provides channels for transmitting OAM
information between an NMS and NEs and between different NEs, so that the
NMS can uniformly manage the NEs on a network.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Table 6-2 describes the DCN solutions.

Table 6-2 DCN solutions

Para Inband DCN Outband DCN
mete
r ESC OSC

DCC Channel GCC Channel

Defin In the inband DCN The outband The outband The outband
ition solution, the NMS DCN solution DCN solution DCN solution
manages network transmits transmits transmits
devices by OAM OAM OAM
transmitting OAM information information information
information over over DCC using fixed using fixed
service channels channels overhead supervisory
provided by the instead of bytes (GCC channel
network devices. No service channels) in wavelengths
additional device or channels to service frames of optical
DCN network is manage to manage supervisory
required to transmit network network channel (OSC)
the OAM devices. devices. boards.
information.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Para Inband DCN Outband DCN

mete
r ESC OSC

DCC Channel GCC Channel

Chara ● Flexible High reliability. ● This ● This

cteris networking. Because OAM solution solution
tics OAM information information is does not provides
is mapped into transmitted require independen
an Ethernet data over channels extra t
frame, which is separate from wavelength wavelength
assigned a fixed service s to s,
VLAN to channels, the transmit facilitating
distinguish the DCN network the OAM network
OAM information between the information maintenanc
from data network and e and fault
services. The management therefore diagnosis.
OAM information center (NMC) helps ● OSCs are
is transmitted and managed reduce the independen
together with devices can be CAPEX. t of service
data services on established in ● This channels
the network, various ways, solution and are
offering flexible for example, saves the stable.
network options. using E1 investment
This solution private lines or ● This
on OSC solution
helps Ethernet. resources
significantly When a applies to
and complex
reduce the OPEX. service prevents
channel networks
● The inband DCN insertion and can
VLAN priority is becomes loss
faulty, the supervise
configurable. introduced any site.
network OAM by OSC
information devices, ● Insertion
can be helping loss caused
obtained in a lower the by OSC
timely manner, network interconnec
enabling real- constructio tion should
time network n costs and be
monitoring power considered
and therefore budget for during
ensuring high optical network
network paths. planning.
reliability.

DCN ● HWECC ● HWECC ● HWECC -

com ● TCP/IP ● TCP/IP ● TCP/IP
muni
catio
n
proto
cols

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Para Inband DCN Outband DCN

mete
r ESC OSC

DCC Channel GCC Channel

Appli Packet networks TDM networks OTN networks OTN networks

cable
netw
orks

DCN 64 channels Channel type: Channel type: Channel type:

com D1-D3, D4- 3-/9-/18-byte D1-D3,
muni D12 GCC channels OSC_18,
catio FE_DCN
n
chan Channel count: 225 channels
nels

DCN Composition
A data communication network (DCN) consists of network management systems
(NMSs), gateway NEs (GNEs), non-GNEs, and the connections between them.
Both the NMSs and NEs are nodes of a DCN. The DCN between the NMSs and
NEs is called the external DCN, and the DCN between NEs is called the internal
DCN.
● External DCN
In general, an external DCN is a local area network (LAN) or a wide area
network (WAN) and uses the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
(TCP/IP) protocol for communication. It mainly provides communication
between NMSs and communication between the NMS server and GNEs.
● Internal DCN
An internal DCN provides communication between NEs using the HWECC or
TCP/IP protocol. The protocol packets are transmitted over an inband channel,
electric supervisory channel (ESC), OSC, or Ethernet communication channel.

DCN Communication Protocols

DCN communication can be implemented using the HWECC, or IP over DCC
protocol.
● HWECC Protocol
HWECC is a Huawei proprietary protocol stack. It is the most applicable and
advanced ECC communication solution for Huawei transmission devices. The
HWECC protocol stack distinguishes NEs by ID and creates routes
automatically. Therefore, the HWECC protocol is easy to use. However, the
HWECC protocol cannot interwork with a network-level protocol on third-
party devices. In general, it is used when only Huawei devices are used on a
network.
● IP over DCC Protocol

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Huawei IP over DCC transmits TCP/IP protocol packets over a DCC or GCC
channel. Like the HWECC protocol, IP over DCC is used to implement
communication between NEs. The difference between them is that IP over
DCC transmits IP protocol packets using DCC or GCC bytes but the HWECC
protocol transmits Huawei-developed protocol packets using DCC or GCC
bytes. Because IP over DCC uses the standard TCP/IP protocol, it can interwork
with a network-level protocol on third-party devices, facilitating network
management.

DCN Communication Channels

WDM equipment supports inband DCN and outband DCN.

● Inband DCN
The NMS manages network devices by transmitting OAM information over
service channels provided by the managed devices. In the inband DCN
solution, OAM information is mapped into an Ethernet data frame and is
transmitted together with services.
● Outband DCN
This DCN solution transmits OAM information over channels that do not
occupy service bandwidth, for example, over the ESC, OSC, or Ethernet.
– ESC: The ESC carries NE OAM information over fixed overhead bytes
(DCC/GCC channels) in service frames. Using the ESC, communication
between NEs can be achieved directly through the interconnection of
OTU boards, PDH tributary boards, or SDH line boards.
– OSC: OAM information is transmitted between WDM equipment using
OSCs (such as D1 to D3 and byte 3 to byte 20 of ST2 boards) provided by
the OSC unit.
– Ethernet: The managed NEs provide Ethernet physical channels through
the Ethernet NMS port (ETH).

6.2.3 DCN Design Requirements

A DCN must be properly planned to prevent potential communication problems.

A DCN, independent of the protocol to be used, must be planned properly before

you configure it for a network.

A DCN plan should adhere to the following principles:

● An ECC subnet scale meets the security requirements and will not result in an
ECC storm.
● A single ECC subnet contains a primary GNE and a secondary GNE so that the
subnet will not be unreachable by the NMS if a GNE fails.
● A GNE manages an appropriate number of subtending NEs and does not
impose pressure on the traffic at a single subtending NE.
● Alternative routes are available for communication between NEs so that the
communication between the NEs will not be interrupted in the case of a fiber
cut, especially when the fiber connects to an OLA site.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

6.2.3.1 Related Concepts

This section describes some essential concepts for DCN planning.

NE ID
NEs on a network can be distinguished by an NE ID. Huawei's OptiX NEs use NE
IDs as NE identifiers. Each NE ID on the DCN must be unique and must be
planned according to the DCN plan.

An NE ID consists of 32 bits. The 8 most significant bits are reserved for future use.
The 8 second most significant bits represent the extended ID (also called the
subnet ID) to identify the subnet that the NE belongs to. The 16 least significant
bits represent the basic ID of the NE. For example, if the NE ID is 0x00090001, the
extended ID is 9 and the basic ID is 1.

Table 6-3 The factory default NE ID

product Extended ID Basic ID Version

1800 I & II 0x90 to 0xFE 0x6001 to 0xBFEF V100R001 and later

Compact (144 to 254 in (24577 to 49135 in
decimal decimal format)
format)

1800 I 0x90 to 0xFE 0x6001 to 0xBFEF V100R009C00SPC500

Enhanced (144 to 254 in (24577 to 49135 in earlier
decimal decimal format)
format)

0x1 to 0x8F (1 0xBFF0 to 0xFFFE V100R009C00SPC500

to 143 in (49136 to 65534 in and later
decimal decimal format)
format)

1800 II 0x90 to 0xFE 0x6001 to 0xBFEF V100R009C00SPC500

Enhanced (144 to 254 in (24577 to 49135 in earlier
decimal decimal format)
format)

0x1 to 0x8F (1 0xBFF0 to 0xFFFE V100R009C00SPC500

to 143 in (49136 to 65534 in and later
decimal decimal format)
format)

1800 V 0x90 to 0xFE 0x6001 to 0xBFEF V100R009C00SPC500

(144 to 254 in (24577 to 49135 in earlier
decimal decimal format)
format)

0x1 to 0x8F (1 0xBFF0 to 0xFFFE V100R009C00SPC500

to 143 in (49136 to 65534 in and later
decimal decimal format)
format)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

product Extended ID Basic ID Version

1800 II TP 0x1 to 0x8F (1 0xBFF0 to 0xFFFE V100R009C00SPC700

to 143 in (49136 to 65534 in and later
decimal decimal format)
format)

1800 II Pro 0x1 to 0x8F (1 0xBFF0 to 0xFFFE V100R019C10 and

to 143 in (49136 to 65534 in later
decimal decimal format)
format)

1800 V Pro 0x1 to 0x8F (1 0xBFF0 to 0xFFFE V100R019C10 and

to 143 in (49136 to 65534 in later
decimal decimal format)
format)
NOTE
Each NE has a factory default ID, which consists of an extended ID and a basic ID in
sequence. When planning an NE ID, you are advised to change the factory default NE ID to
avoid an NE ID conflict. If the NE ID is the factory default ID, you must change it to the
planned NE ID. Do not use the factory default NE ID.

NE IP Address
An NE uses its IP address as a unique identifier during TCP/IP communication.
By default, the IP address and ID of an NE are associated with each other. In other
words, when users change the NE ID, the system changes the NE IP address
accordingly. However, this association will become invalid if users change the NE
IP address manually.
There are two ways to convert between an NE ID and an NE IP address:
● Hexadecimal system: IP = 0x81090000 + basic NE ID. For example, if the basic
NE ID is 0x0001, then the NE IP address is 0x81090001, which is 129.9.0.1 in
the dotted decimal notation.
● Decimal system: The NE IP address is expressed in the 129.9.A.B format,
where the letter A is the quotient and the letter B is the remainder after the
basic ID is divided by 256. For example, if the basic NE ID is 24833 (decimal),
then dividing 24833 by 256 will produce a quotient of 97 and a remainder of
1. Therefore, the NE IP address is 129.9.97.1.

NOTE

If you want to manually set an IP address for an NE, observe the following rules:
If the subnet mask ranges from 128.0.0.0 to 255.255.0.0 (including 128.0.0.0 and
255.255.0.0), IP addresses in the format of 192.168.x.y, 192.169.x.y, or 192.170.x.y are not
allowed.

GNE
A gateway NE (GNE) is an NE that connects to the NMS using the TCP/IP protocol.
In general, an NE that connects to the NMS through a LAN or WAN network port
is a GNE. The NMS application layer can directly communicate with the

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

application layer of a GNE. The NMS can connect to one or more GNEs. A GNE
and its subtending NEs (non-GNEs) comprise a management domain. The NMS
accesses a non-GNE through its GNE.

Non-GNE
GNEs communicate with non-GNEs through the DCN channels between them.
Non-GNEs can communicate with an NMS only through a GNE.

Neighbor NEs
Neighbor NEs are defined by OSC and ESC modes as follows:

● When a DCN between two NEs uses an OSC link connection, the two NEs are
neighbor NEs.
● When a DCN between two NEs uses extended ECC for interconnection and a
client-server relationship is configured on the two NEs, the two NEs are
neighbor NEs.
● When a DCN between two NEs uses an ESC link connection, the NMS must
be used to perform operations on the core routing table to check whether the
number of hops between the two NEs. If the number of hops between the
two NEs is 0, the two NEs are neighbor NEs.

DCN Subnet
A DCN subnet consists of NEs that communicate with each other through a DCN.
When the network scale is large, the network can be divided into DCN subnets for
management. Each DCN subnet can communicate with the NMS through an
external DCN. DCN communication is unavailable between NEs in different DCNs.

NOTE

In this document, "network", "DCN network", "DCN subnet", and "subnet" all refer to an
internal DCN network unless otherwise specified.

DCN Route Depth

The DCN route depth is calculated using the following formula:

DCN route depth = Maximum number of hops on a route from a non-GNE to a

GNE + 1

Number of DCN Directions

By default, DCN links in ESC mode are established between each NE and its
adjacent NEs. The number of DCN directions indicates the number of DCN links
between an NE and its adjacent NEs.

● When the HWECC protocol is used, only one DCN link will be created if
multiple links are available between two NEs. In this scenario, the number of
DCN directions is the number of adjacent NEs.
● When the IP over DCC protocol is used, multiple DCN links will be created if
the same number of service links is available between two NEs. In this

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

scenario, the number of DCN directions is greater than the number of

adjacent NEs.
NOTE

On a DCN network that uses the IP over DCC protocol, it is recommended to disable
unneeded parallel links and retain a maximum of four links between two NEs.

6.2.3.2 Networking Capability

This topic describes the networking capability of a DCN subnet.

DCN Subnet Scale

Due to the inherent limitations of the DCC protocol, there is a limit on the number
of NEs (physical NEs with unique IDs) in a network even though there are
sufficient GNEs. If the number of NEs in a network exceeds the limit, the network
must be divided into multiple DCN subnets.
The DCN subnet scale varies depending on the communication protocol. The
details are as follows:
● HWECC protocol
When the HWECC protocol is used, the upper limit on the number of NEs on
a DCN subnet is 200.
NOTE

● The number of hops on the shortest link between any two NEs on a ring or chain
cannot be greater than 15, depending on the depth of the DCN subnet.
● 1800 V/1800 V Pro/1800 II Enhanced/1800 II Pro: The preceding upper limits are
provided assuming that the number of DCN directions of all NEs on a subnet is less
than or equal to 64. If the number of DCN directions is greater than 64, it is
recommended to disable the DCN channels in some directions or submit the
networking diagram to Huawei engineers for analysis.
● 1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP: The preceding upper limits are provided assuming
that the number of DCN directions of all NEs on a subnet is less than or equal to
24. If the number of DCN directions is greater than 24, it is recommended to
disable the DCN channels in some directions or submit the networking diagram to
Huawei engineers for analysis.
● IP over DCC protocol
When the IP over DCC protocol is used, the upper limit on the number of NEs
is 400 on a DCN subnet consisting of only this product. When both the IP over
DCC protocol and the HWECC protocol are used, the upper limit on the
number of NEs is 200 on the DCN subnet.
NOTE

Massive packets will be generated in a large DCN network. When the DCN network scale
exceeds the previous specifications, the packets will exceed NE processing capabilities and
the DCN network will be unstable. The following problems may occur when the DCN
network is overloaded:
● NEs may undergo warm resets or even become unreachable by the NMS in the case of
link flapping.
● NEs cannot be properly managed in the case of heavy traffic generated during
software loading or massive data querying, because the bandwidths of DCN channels
are occupied.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Management Capability of DCN GNEs

Multiple GNEs can be configured for a DCN. GNEs bridge the DCN communication
between an NMS and non-GNEs. The GNEs forward communication data between
the NMS and non-GNEs. Users must manually specify a GNE for non-GNEs.
Each GNE can connect to a maximum of 50 non-GNEs, regardless of the protocol.
If there are more than 50 non-GNEs for one GNE, another GNE must be added.

6.2.3.3 Subnetting
The number of NEs on a network increases as the network scale expands, leading
to more embedded control channel (ECC) routes between NEs. Due to the
limitations of communication protocols, the total number of NEs on a data
communication network (DCN) must not exceed the upper limit even though
there are sufficient gateway NEs (GNEs). If the total number of NEs on a DCN
exceeds the upper limit, some problems are likely to occur. For example, specific
NEs are unreachable by the NMS, alarms on the NEs are lost, and the system
control boards on these NEs are reset unexpectedly. To prevent these issues,
subnet a DCN.
When you subnet a DCN, adhere to the following guidelines:
● Ensure that the number of NEs on each DCN subnet is within the
recommended range.
● Disable data communications channel (DCC) or general communication
channel (GCC) communication between DCN subnets.
● Before dividing a DCN into subnets, plan an external DCN for connecting to
gateway NEs on each subnet.
● Ensure that subnetting a DCN must not compromise the existing DCN route
restoration (protection) capability.
● Plan separate optical and electrical NEs at a site in the same DCN subnet.

6.2.3.4 Gateway NE Selection

Network planning determines the division of a network into subnets according to
the network topology, GNEs, and the subnet that each GNE belongs to. Dividing a
network into subnets is related to GNE selection. After a GNE is selected, a subnet
is also determined on the network topology. Therefore, selecting a GNE is the key
procedure in network planning.

Principles for Selecting DCN Gateway NEs

The following are the general principles for selecting a GNE:
● A GNE must be a key node on a network, such as the central node,
intersecting node, or tangent node (namely, NE with multiple DCN
directions).
● When a backbone network has branch networks, the NE connecting a branch
network to the backbone network is configured as the GNE, and this NE
belongs to the backbone network.
● When there are multiple subnets, the NE connecting two subnets can be
configured as a GNE.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

● A GNE is not only a key node in the network topology, but also plays an
important role and involves busy ECC communication.
● Only an NE connected to the NMS through a network cable can be
configured as a GNE.
● There should not be too many GNEs on a network. Otherwise, network
performance may be affected. It is recommended that the number of GNEs
managed by an NMS does not exceed 2000. If the number exceeds 2000, use
extended ECC to combine some of the GNEs.
● Usually, multiple independent NEs in a network topology (such as the NEs in
a ring network) should be connected to the same GNE.
● A GNE processes the largest volume of traffic on a network. To ensure stable
communication, select equipment with a strong ECC processing capability as
the GNE.
NOTE

In practical applications, the number of DCN directions on an electrical NE is greater than

that of DCN directions on an optical NE; therefore, it is recommended to use an electrical
NE as a GNE at a site where electrical NEs are separated from optical NEs.

Principles for Configuring Primary and Secondary GNEs

To ensure the reliability of the connections between a network and the NMS,
select an NE as the secondary GNE according to the same principles as when
selecting an NE as the primary GNE. The secondary GNE can also manage some
NEs. In this way, the two GNEs back each other up to enhance the network
stability.
When you create an NE on the NMS, you must specify the primary GNE and
secondary GNEs (three at most) for the NE. Communication data between the NE
and NMS is forwarded by the primary GNE. When the communication link
between the primary GNE and NMS is disconnected or the primary GNE is
malfunctioning, the communication data is switched to secondary GNE 1; if
secondary GNE 1 is malfunctioning, it is switched to secondary GNE 2; if
secondary GNE 2 is malfunctioning, it is switched to secondary GNE 3.
Network traffic is unbalanced if GNEs in the network connect to different
numbers of non-GNEs. In addition, if most of the NEs in the network share the
same secondary GNE, the traffic on these NEs will be switched to the secondary
GNE if their primary GNEs are faulty, and the secondary GNE will be overloaded.
To prevent this problem, ensure that:
● All GNEs have a similar number of subtending NEs.
● All GNEs are mutually backed up.
The following provides a configuration example. This example assumes that there
are 100 non-GNEs and four GNEs (GNEs A, B, C, and D). It is recommended to
divide the non-GNEs into four groups. For the first group, specify GNE A as the
primary GNE and GNEs B, C, and D as the secondary GNEs. For the second group,
specify GNE B as the primary GNE and GNEs A, C, and D as the secondary GNEs,
and so on.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

6.3 Intra-NE Communication Management based on

Master-Slave Shelf
This section describes the planning principles and cascading scheme of intra-NE
communication management based on master-slave shelf.

6.3.1 Comparison Between the Master-Slave Subrack Mode

and the Traditional Hub Mode
Comparison on multi-subrack configuration:
● In the hub mode, multiple subracks are displayed as multiple NEs on the
NMS, and each NE is assigned with an NE ID and an IP address.
● In the master-slave subrack mode, multiple subracks are displayed as one NE
on the NMS, and only the master subrack is assigned with an NE ID and an IP
address.
● An NE cannot be smoothly upgraded from the hub mode to the master-slave
subrack mode.
The subrack connection and subrack display on the NMS in the master-slave
subrack mode are different from those in the traditional hub mode, as shown in
Figure 6-4.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Figure 6-4 Comparison between the master-slave subrack mode and the
traditional hub mode

For more detail information, see WDM OTN Master-Slave Subrack

Management.

6.3.2 Master-Slave Subrack Network

The master-slave subrack mode is applicable to tree networks, ring networks, and
chain networks.

Table 6-4 shows the mode differences in a tree network, a ring network, and a
chain network.

Table 6-4 Mode differences in a tree network, a ring network, and a chain
network

Network Type Subrack ID Isolation Inter-Subrack Communication

Protection

Tree Supported Not supported

Ring Not supported Supported

Chain Supported Supported

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Network Type Subrack ID Isolation Inter-Subrack Communication

Protection
NOTE
● Do not set duplicate subrack IDs; otherwise, an alarm indicating a subrack ID conflict
will be reported.
● In tree networking mode, if subrack IDs are duplicate, new subracks cannot go online
but existing subracks are still normal.
● In ring networking mode, master and slave subracks cannot be isolated, and boards on
an existing subrack will get offline if subrack IDs are duplicate.

Cascading in a Tree Network

In the tree-network cascading mode, master and slave subracks do not provide
protection functions. This mode is mainly used to manage multiple subracks in a
unified manner.

Figure 6-5 Tree networking

Cascading in a Ring Network

Protection for inter-subrack communication can be implemented only in the ring
network. When subracks are cascaded in a ring network, the master subrack and
slave subracks collaborate to protect communication between them. To provide
protection, the slave subracks are mainly responsible for fault detection and
switching request processing; in addition to the functions of slave subracks, the
master subrack is also responsible for ring detection, ring release (restoration from
a fault), and switching.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Figure 6-6 Ring networking

Cascading in a Chain Network

Figure 6-7 Chain networking

6.4 Synchronization Between the NCE and NEs

With the time synchronization function, consistency is maintained between the NE
time and the NCE time. This allows the NCE to record the correct time at which
alarms occur and the correct time at which abnormal events are reported by NEs.

When NEs report alarms and abnormal events to the NCE, the time at which such
alarms and events occur is based on the NE time. If the NE time is incorrect, then
the time when the alarm is generated is incorrect. This may affect fault locating
because the time when the alarm is generated is recorded in the NCE In addition,
the time when the abnormal events are generated is recorded in the NE security
logs. To ensure the accuracy of NE time, the NCE provides three time
synchronization schemes: synchronizing with the NCE server, synchronizing with
the NTP server and synchronizing with the standard NTP server.

● If you use the scheme of synchronizing with the NCE server, all NEs use the
NCE server time as the standard time. The NE time can be synchronized with
the NCE server time manually or automatically. The NCE server time refers to
the system time of the workstation or computer where the NCE server is
located. This scheme features easy operation, and is applicable in networks
that require a low accuracy with regard to time.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

● If you use the scheme of synchronizing with the NTP server or synchronizing
with the standard NTP server, the NE time and the NCE time are synchronized
with the NTP server time or the standard NTP server time automatically. The
NTP server can be the NCE server or a special time server.

NTP Network Application

Figure 6-8 shows a network in which NTP is used to ensure synchronization across
the network.

Figure 6-8 Network using NTP to ensure synchronization

As shown in Figure 6-8, the equipment in the network can be classified into three
categories:

● The highest-level time server: the 0-level time server

● The middle-level time server: the 1- or 2-level time server that obtains time
information from the higher-level time server and provides time information
for the lower-level time server
● Clients: obtaining time information only

In application, the server and clients can be configured as follows:

● Choose the NCE server as the time server for NEs. The NCE server can be set
as the highest-level time server, or set to obtain time information from other
time servers.
● NEs can be set as the client, obtaining time information from the specified
time server.

6.5 Interfaces Between the NMS and OSS

The NCE provides network monitoring information, such as the alarm,
performance, and inventory information, for OSSs through NBIs. These NBIs also
support network management, control, and analytics functions, such as service

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

configuration and diagnostic tests. Through NBIs, the NCE can integrate with
different OSSs flexibly.

Introduction to OSS
OSSs are independent software systems that are used to enhance the work
efficiency of equipment maintenance engineers. According to their different
functions, OSSs are classified into service assurance system, service provisioning
system, inventory management system, and service diagnosis system.
OSSs reduce maintenance costs and enhance maintenance efficiency. Table 6-5
lists the features of different OSSs.

Table 6-5 Features of different OSSs

OSS Feature Description

Service Monitoring and Provides unified ports for performance

assurance assurance of the measurement and supports performance
system system performance statistics reports for various services.
Supports the ability to report equipment
alarms in real time, and filter and clear
equipment alarms.

Service Fast service Supports unified provisioning flow for

provisioning provisioning various services and screens the
system differences between equipment provided
by different vendors.

Inventory Unified resource Implements the inventory query for

management management network wide resources and the
system resource change notification.

NBI Type
Table2 List of NBIs lists the NBIs provided to the network management layer.

Table 6-6 List of NBIs

Interface Type Function

XML NBI Through the XML NBI, the NCE provides unified
management for alarms, performance, inventory, and
service provisioning to the OSS. This NBI supports
router, Metro, transport, and access domain
equipment.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 6 Network Management (NCE)

Interface Type Function

CORBA NBI Through the CORBA NBI, the NCE provides unified
management for alarms to the OSS. This NBI supports
router, Metro, transport, and access domain
equipment.
Through the CORBA NBI, the NCE provides
management for performance, inventory, and service
provisioning for Metro and transport domain
equipment.

SNMP alarm NBI Through the SNMP alarm NBI, the NCE provides
management for alarms to the OSS. This NBI supports
router, Metro, transport, and access domain
equipment.

Performance Text NBI Through the Performance Text NBI, the NCE provides
the function for exporting performance data to the
specified FTP server for analysis by the OSS.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

7 Operation and Maintenance

Routine equipment maintenance and troubleshooting are essential to ensure that

a network runs properly. The OSN 1800 provides strong operation and
maintenance capabilities.

Table 7-1 Functions for deployment and configuration

Function Description

Features of ● Simplified Installation and Commissioning of Hardware:

installation A chassis has a simple structure, and is easy to install.
The various function boards are configured with the
commissioning indicators to show the board running
status and the receiving status of the optical power. The
on-site installation and commissioning engineers can
conveniently check the working status of the equipment
in time.
● Legible Wavelength Information Label: The small form-
factor pluggable (SFP) modules on the OTU boards can
be identified by the label of the wavelength number.
The type of an optical module can be identified by the
color of its puller.
● Fiber/Cable Port Safety Design: Different fibers and
cables of the product use different ports. The ports are
very different in appearance. In addition, cable labels
are used to indicate the types of the cables. Therefore,
the installation position of every cable is clear. The
cable ports of the equipment are designed to prevent
mis-insertion. The installation of cables cannot be
complete if the cables are inserted reversely or
improperly. If a cable is inserted improperly, no damage
may occur in the equipment even when the equipment
is powered on. In this way, no serious damage may be
generated.

Automatic search Supports the fiber auto-discovery function on the NMS.

for optical fibers

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Function Description

End-to-End service When configuring an end-to-end service, you can create a

configuration service trail that traverses different layers and directly
create a client service trail. You do not need to know how
the service grooming between the OTN/SDH/Packets
layers is implemented or create an ODUk/VC-3/VC-4/
VC-12/Packets server trail at each layer. After you create a
client service, the client service trails at different
OTN/SDH/Packets layers are generated automatically. This
simplifies the service configuration process.

Tunable OTU boards and OTN line boards support tunable

Wavelengths wavelengths on the WDM side.

Table 7-2 Routine maintenance functions

Function Description

Online monitoring The OSN 1800 series have the capability of monitoring
performance of WDM-side and client-side signals,
facilitating equipment maintenance.

Alarm and ● Provides audible and visual alarms warn of emergencies

performance to help network administrators take prompt action.
management ● Provides running status indicators and alarm indicators
on all boards to help administrators locate and handle
faults quickly.
● Provides the alarm input and output function to
facilitate alarm collection for external devices.
● Dynamically monitors the operation and alarm status
of all NEs using the NMS.
● Detects alarms and performance of the active and
standby system control board.
● Supports 15-minute and 24-hour performance
monitoring events.

RMON Monitors data from different network segments on a

transmission network. RMON supplements simple Ethernet
performance management tools, and can be used on a
wide range of networks.

Voltage check Measures input voltages and detects undervoltage and

overvoltage states.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Function Description

Automatic laser ● SDH single-mode optical ports and the client-side

shutdown (ALS) optical ports of OTU boards and OTN tributary boards
support the ALS function.
● Packet Ethernet boards support the setting of upper
threshold or lower threshold of input optical power.
NOTE
The ALS function supported by single-mode optical ports is
different from that supported by the client-side optical ports of
OTU boards and OTN tributary boards. For details, see 5.12
Automatic Optical Power Management.

Port impedance Supports the query of port impedance on the NMS.

query

Optical module Allows the NMS to query information about optical

information query modules, including single-mode/multi-mode, rate level,
supplier, production date, and wavelength.

Power ● Computes system power consumption.

consumption ● Monitors the total power consumption of an NE, and
control reports an alarm if the total power consumption
exceeds the power consumption threshold of the NE.
● Supports the query of the power consumption of an
NE/board by using the NMS.

Port information Queries communication protocols in use, status, functions,

query and names of ports used for external communication and
physical ports connected to networks.

Jitter Suppression With a jitter suppression unit between the optical receive
Function module and the optical transmit module, the OSN 1800
has excellent jitter suppression function.

Optical Doctor Performs online OSNR monitoring, performance

System monitoring, and performance optimization for 10G and
100G/200G wavelengths.

Fiber Doctor By precisely detecting the fiber connection status, the FD

System system helps maintenance personnel analyze the quality of
fiber connectors and splicing points, which facilitates quick
fiber issue diagnosis.

Automatic Automatic commissioning of optical power (automatic

Commissioning of optical-layer commissioning) can help implement
Optical Power automatic site deployment and automatic service
provisioning.

Supervision and The SCC unit collects state information, alarm and
Communication performance parameters from the functional modules of
Module each board. Then the SCC unit converts, processes and
stores the information and parameters. At the same time,
it sends the control and administration information to
other functional modules of the NE.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Function Description

Service Package The NMS software for the product provides the quick
Configuration configuration wizard with which the NE time
synchronization and performance monitoring can be
configured. In the case of the typical configuration, the
quick configuration wizard enables you to complete the
one-touch service configuration simply by selecting the
service package.

Service Auto- The 1800 I Enhanced chassis supports the service auto-
adaption adaption function that automatically adapts to the
received services without any manual configuration.

Cascading NEs NEs can be cascaded by using network cables. Then, the
NEs can communicate network management information
by means of extended ECC.

Table 7-3 Fault diagnosis functions

Function Description

One-click data ● Provides a one-click data collection function for fault

collection data to reduce data collection time before service
recovery.
● Users can collect fault data selectively and can end a
collection process manually.

TP-Assist Packet-based networks support the TP-Assist function,

which implements service configuration, commissioning,
routine maintenance, and fault diagnosis. The TP-Assist
function facilitates the management and maintenance of
packet-based networks.

MPLS-TP OAM ● MPLS-TP OAM can detect, identify, and locate faults on
packet switched networks. Working with other
protection schemes, MPLS-TP OAM notifies NEs of the
faults, so the NEs can implement protection switching.
● MPLS-TP OAM mechanisms include tunnel OAM and
PW OAM.

ETH OAM Uses OAM protocol packets to detect and monitor the
connectivity and performance of service trails. The process
does not affect services.
NOTE
The ETH OAM in packet mode and TDM mode is supported.

Port mirroring Packet boards and TDM boards support port mirroring that
enables Ethernet service analysis and service fault
diagnosis without affecting the services.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Function Description

PRBS ● An NE enabled with the PRBS function can be used as

an instrument to transmit and receive unframed
services in order to analyze whether service paths are
faulty.
● An NE enabled with the PRBS function can be used to
analyze itself or the entire network.
● The PRBS function substitutes for a test instrument
during deployment or fault location.

Loopback Service boards support inloops and outloops to facilitate

fault location.

Warm/Cold resets System control, switching, and timing boards and service
boards support warm and cold resets. Warm resets do not
affect services.

Hot swap ● Service boards, system control, switching, and timing

boards, and fan boards support hot swapping.
● Pluggable optical modules can be hot-swapped.
● Service cables and auxiliary cables can be hot-swapped.

NSF NSF stands for Non-interrupted Service Forwarding. When

the control plane of the equipment is faulty, the NSF
function ensures that the data services are not interrupted,
ensuring transmission of the key services on the network.

Port traffic Packet boards support port traffic mirroring that enables
mirroring Ethernet service analysis and service fault diagnosis
without affecting the services.

Table 7-4 Functions for upgrades

Function Description

Upgrade and ● Supports in-service upgrades and loading of board

loading of board software and NE software.
software and NE ● Supports remote loading of board software and field
software programmable gate array (FPGA).
● Supports a complex programmable logical device
(CPLD) in-service upgrade on OTN boards.
● Supports error-proof loading and resumable loading.

Hot patch loading Supports the hot patch loading function. Running software
can be upgraded without being interrupted.

Software package Software package loading enables NE and board software

loading to be loaded to an NE at a time. OSN 1800 supports
automatic customized package loading and forcible
customized package loading.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

7.1 Optical Doctor System

7.2 Fiber Doctor System
The Fiber Doctor (FD) system is used to monitor and manage line fibers in a
network. By precisely detecting the fiber connection status, the FD system helps
maintenance personnel analyze the quality of fiber connectors and splicing points,
which facilitates quick fiber issue diagnosis.
7.3 Automatic Commissioning of Optical Power
Automatic commissioning of optical power (automatic optical-layer
commissioning) can help implement automatic site deployment and automatic
service provisioning.
7.4 Supervision and Communication Module
The system control and communication (SCC) unit is integrated in the UXCL/UXC
board. It provides system monitoring and management functions. The system
control and communication interfaces are present on the control/cross-connect/
clock integrated board and AUX board.
7.5 Service Auto-adaption
The 1800 I Enhanced chassis supports the service auto-adaption function that
automatically adapts to the received services without any manual configuration.
7.6 Cascading NEs
NEs can be cascaded by using network cables. Then, the NEs can communicate
network management information by means of extended ECC.
7.7 MPLS-TP OAM
MPLS-TP OAM provides various fault detection and locating capabilities.
7.8 ETH OAM
This section describes the ETH OAM function, which includes Ethernet service
OAM and Ethernet port OAM.
7.9 RMON
RMON defines a serial of statistic formats and functions to realize the data
exchange between the control stations and detection stations that complies with
the RMON standards.
7.10 Port Mirroring
For the existing complex networks, equipment has already provided various
effective fault diagnosis methods. However, the methods require path overheads
or even interrupt service. Therefore, a fast fault diagnosis method that does not
affect services is urgently required. Port mirroring effectively addresses this
requirement.
7.11 PRBS Test (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 I Enhanced)
If no commissioning instruments are available in the network maintenance phase
or on a new network where no services are deployed, you can perform a self-
transmit and self-receive test using the pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS)
function to check whether links on each section are normal by performing
loopbacks section by section.
7.12 PRBS Test (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP)
Some OTUs of the OptiX OSN 1800 provide the pseudo random bit sequence
(PRBS) error detection function. On the NMS, the meter board can be configured

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

to send PRBS test signals, and the client side and WDM side of the auxiliary board
to transparently transmit the PRBS test signals. In this way, you can perform the
bit error test of the transmission link without attaching a meter to the equipment
during the deployment.
7.13 Loopback
Loopbacks provide an effective means of troubleshooting a network, by verifying a
service on a segment-by-segment basis.
7.14 Hot Patches
The product supports the hot patch technology (the hot patch can be loaded
locally or remotely).
7.15 Software Package Loading
Software upgrade by package loading refers to a process in which NE software
and board software of an NE are loaded (locally or remotely) at a time to replace
the original software. This loading mode avoids the repetitive loading actions for
the boards one by one and therefore improves the upgrade efficiently.
7.16 Automatically Customized Package Loading
When detecting that the storage space is insufficient during package loading upon
an upgrade, the system automatically deletes the files corresponding to the offline
boards or subracks, such as OSN 810 and OSN 850, all TDM boards, and slave
subracks equipped with F3SCC.

7.1 Optical Doctor System

Huawei OTN equipment supports the Optical Doctor (OD) system. The OD system
provides for intelligent end-to-end, refined, and digital management of the optical
layer on a WDM network. Through centralized configuration for optical-layer
parameters, the OD system supports automatic monitoring, analysis,
commissioning, and optimization of network performance.

Challenges for WDM Network O&M

As WDM networks adopt higher transmission rates and become meshed, reliable
network maintenance plays a more important role. An easier-to-use and more
professional operation and maintenance (O&M) tool is required.

Currently, WDM networks are facing the following difficulties in the deployment,
commissioning, configuration, and network maintenance phases:

● Lack of quick and accurate OSNR monitoring methods:

After the network rate increases from 10 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s or higher, the
original spectrum monitoring method cannot quickly and accurately monitor
the OSNR of a system. It is a great challenge and a trend to develop an online
OSNR monitoring tool for network maintenance.
● Lack of reliable and quick optical-layer O&M methods:
On meshed networks, WDM services become more flexible, and frequent
service creation and deletion make network commissioning and maintenance
more complex. Traditional manual OSNR monitoring cannot address WDM
network development requirements from the following aspects:
– Configuration is complex.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

When network optical-layer performance needs to be monitored,

configuration needs to be performed for each site on the network, which
is time-consuming and costly. In addition, some configuration items are
widely dispersed and therefore are easily neglected. As a result,
commissioning engineers have to perform a network-wide check site by
site, leading to low efficiency.
– Network performance deterioration cannot be detected in a timely
manner.
Optical power fluctuation caused by fiber aging, component aging,
wavelength adding or dropping, or external environment cannot be
discovered by manual monitoring in a timely manner. Network-wide data
collection and analysis require a long time and high costs.
With the development of WDM technologies and the change of network
topology, an effective network O&M tool is required.

Functions of the OD System

The OD system supports online OSNR monitoring for various rate wavelengths,
making the OSNR monitoring as convenient as that of 10G wavelengths. This
greatly facilitates routine maintenance and makes it easy to upgrade to higher
rate networks.

Figure 7-1 Online OSNR monitoring using the OD system

The online OSNR monitoring provided by the OD system has the following
features:
● Simple operations
The OSNR monitoring function is integrated into the Network Management.
It can be performed by directly operating the Network Management. The
virtual meter provides graphical display of the monitored OSNR information,
without using other auxiliary devices or complex operations.
● High detection precision

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

The detection precision is better than that of traditional OSNR detection.

● Wide range of monitored wavelengths
All site types, all wavelengths, and all spectrum widths can implement online
OSNR monitoring.

In addition, the OD system can be used to perform O&M of the optical layer on a
WDM network, as described below.

Figure 7-2 O&M of the optical layer on a WDM network

● Centralized configuration for network-wide monitoring

The OD system supports centralized configuration for optical-layer
performance monitoring parameters, greatly saving labor costs.
● Automatic monitoring of optical-layer performance
The OD system can automatically monitor network-wide optical-layer
performance without using any meters. It can automatically detect the
channels with abnormal performance.
● End-to-end (E2E) graphical display of optical-layer performance data
The OD system graphically displays E2E link performance, facilitating status
query and fault isolation.

To sum up, the OD system can achieve OSNR monitoring of high-rate WDM
networks, quick monitoring deployment, monitoring, and analysis of E2E optical-
layer performance. It improves wavelength-level optical-layer O&M capabilities
and provides services along the lifecycle of WDM networks, simplifying the
network O&M and saving the operating expense (OPEX).

System Composition
The OD system requires the interoperation between the hardware and software.

● The hardware monitors and reports optical-layer performance in real time,

performs corresponding adjustments, and is uniformly scheduled by the
software.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

● The software provides user-friendly GUIs, supports network-wide

configuration, provides visualized reports, and achieves centralized control
and uniform scheduling.

For more detail information, see Optical Doctor System User Guide.

7.2 Fiber Doctor System

The Fiber Doctor (FD) system is used to monitor and manage line fibers in a
network. By precisely detecting the fiber connection status, the FD system helps
maintenance personnel analyze the quality of fiber connectors and splicing points,
which facilitates quick fiber issue diagnosis.

OTDR Meter: Traditional Fiber Quality Detection

In a WDM system, fiber issues, such as fiber aging, fiber damage, fiber coiling,
large-radius bending, and large pulling stress, may cause large fiber attenuation
and high BERs that will consequently impair network operating.

In addition to fault diagnosis, traditional optical time domain reflectometers

(OTDRs) can be used to measure the fiber length, attenuation introduced in fiber
transmission, and fiber connector attenuation. OTDRs are therefore widely used in
the fiber engineering and network deployment phases.

Figure 7-3 Schematic diagram of the OTDR detection application

Fiber performance testing is classified into acceptance testing and maintenance

testing based on the test implementation phase. Acceptance testing is performed
when links are offline. With the wide application of fibers, maintenance testing
has become a vital and usual part of the process. Regularly performed
maintenance testing helps detect the fiber performance in a network in a timely
manner. If traditional OTDRs are used to perform fiber performance testing, the
testing needs to be performed on site and services need to be interrupted.

Online fiber status detection methods that can achieve remote, online, accurate,
and quick fiber status detection are necessary to improve maintenance efficiency
and reduce maintenance costs.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Line Fiber Quality Detection Function of the FD System

The FD system modulates the OTDR detection signals into optical supervisory
signals or Raman light, uses Rayleigh scattering and Fresnel reflection principles to
detect the fiber loss variation and position, and reports the detection data to the
NMS. The NMS displays detection results in a graphical user interface (GUI).
● Provides visualized OTDR meter-like GUIs on the NMS.
● Supports remote detection on fiber quality in unidirectional or bidirectional
mode.
● Supports quality detection for fibers within different length ranges based on
the detection mode and detection parameter settings.
● Saves and compares historical detection results.
● Displays the length and attenuation of a specific fiber span on the entire
network.
● Proactively reports alarms to the NMS and indicates the position of a fiber
cut.

Highlights of the FD System

● Easy deployment and seamless integration with the NMS
An OSC board or Raman board with the OTDR function is deployed at each
site. After the detection is started, the fiber quality detection result can be
viewed on the NMS in real time. There is no extra software or hardware
requirements.
● Online detection, without any impact on services
The OTDR and OSC signals are transmitted at the same wavelength, and the
two functions do not affect each other.
● Remote location of fiber faults, reducing onsite maintenance costs
The quality of optical fibers within different length ranges is detected based
on the flexible settings of the detection mode and detection parameters. The
quality of any types of optical fibers can be detected unidirectionally or
bidirectionally.
● Automatic and online fiber quality detection, promptly learning about the line
health status
Fiber detection can be automatically triggered by alarms, and automatic
polling detection is performed within a user-defined period.
● Automatic fiber parameter measurement, facilitating project implementation
The splicing point, connector, and position can be identified, and the fiber
length, connector attenuation, connector reflection, and splicing point
attenuation can be measured to facilitate quickly determining the fiber span
loss and fiber splicing quality.
● Detection data comparison, helping quickly analyze abnormal points
Detection results can be saved and compared with historical data.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-4 Schematic diagram of the FD detection application

The line fiber quality detection function of the FD system helps maintenance
personnel quickly discover and rectify fiber quality issues, ensuring normal
network operations.

Application Scenarios of the FD System

Board Scenario
Type

Raman This board is mainly used to ensure that the Raman pump laser is
boards properly started. It provides the following functions:
that ● Locates fault points when the fiber connection detection results
support are abnormal. The fiber connection detection can be performed
OTDR using the FCD button on the front panel of the Raman board in
detectio the fiber connection verification phase during hardware
n installation.
● Checks fiber quality before deployment commissioning.
● Locates fault points when the Raman laser cannot be turned on
and a LASER_OPEN_FAIL\ LASER-OPEN-FAIL alarm is reported.
● Checks fiber health status at any time during network operations.
● Analyzes whether a fiber quality issue occurs when the Raman
gain is excessively low and an OA_LOW_GAIN\ GAIN-LOW alarm
is reported.
● Locates fault points when a fiber cut occurs and a MUT_LOS \
LOS-MUT alarm is reported by FIU board, or verifies fiber recovery
status after a fiber cut is removed.

OSC This board is mainly used for fiber quality detection and fault
boards diagnosis during O&M. It provides the following functions:
that ● Checks fiber quality before deployment commissioning.
support
OTDR ● Performs real-time detection during network running and checks
detectio fiber status. If a fiber cut is detected, a FIBER_BREAK_POS alarm
n will be proactively reported to the NMS, indicating the position of
the fiber cut.
● Locates fault points when a fiber cut occurs and a MUT_LOS \
LOS-MUT alarm is reported by FIU board, or verifies fiber recovery
status after a fiber cut is removed.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

For more detail information, see WDM/OTN Fiber Doctor System Guide.

7.3 Automatic Commissioning of Optical Power

Automatic commissioning of optical power (automatic optical-layer
commissioning) can help implement automatic site deployment and automatic
service provisioning.
Figure 7-5 shows how automatic commissioning of optical power is implemented.

Figure 7-5 Flowchart for automatic commissioning of optical power

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Automatic commissioning of optical power has the following characteristics:

● Remote commissioning personnel can use the NMS or Web LCT to exchange
information with NEs, and start remote automatic commissioning for NEs.
● Topology relationships can be automatically identified and established
between NEs.
● OA commissioning communication is supported (only by TNF2OBU and
TNF1BAS1 boards) when no OSC is configured.
● Automatic commissioning of optical power can be initiated in the specified
direction.
● Hybrid commissioning is supported. Specifically, manual commissioning can
be performed for sites and spans where automatic commissioning conditions
are not met, and automatic commissioning can be performed for sites where
automatic commissioning conditions are met.
● Commissioning information of each NE can be displayed in real time during
commissioning.
● The commissioning results can be displayed after commissioning is complete.

7.4 Supervision and Communication Module

The system control and communication (SCC) unit is integrated in the UXCL/UXC
board. It provides system monitoring and management functions. The system
control and communication interfaces are present on the control/cross-connect/
clock integrated board and AUX board.

The SCC unit collects state information, alarm and performance parameters from
the functional modules of each board. Then the SCC unit converts, processes and
stores the information and parameters. At the same time, it sends the control and
administration information to other functional modules of the NE. Table 7-5
describes the type of control and communication ports that the UXCL/UXC and
AUX boards provide.

Table 7-5 System control and communication interfaces

Interface Description

OAM The operation, administration and maintenance port. The

RS485 interface is provided to communicate with the
terminal through the public packet switched network.

DCC Provides the data communication channel (DCC) of the

communication supervisory link.

Control and Communicates with other boards in the shelf, collects

communication performance data, and delivers the configuration.

Qx The network management communication port.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

The SCC unit monitors the running status of the boards in the NE. The main
monitoring parameters are as follows:
● Input optical power
● Output optical power
● Current of the laser
● SDH service performance
● Packet performance
● FEC performance
● Ethernet performance
● OTN performance

7.5 Service Auto-adaption

The 1800 I Enhanced chassis supports the service auto-adaption function that
automatically adapts to the received services without any manual configuration.

When the TMA1UXCL system control board is interconnected to the peer NE

through the line-side ports OUT1/IN1 and OUT2/IN2, the local NE can
automatically adapt to the services of the board on the peer NE. Then, the DCN
automatically becomes available, so that the NMS can manage the NEs in a
centralized manner.
NOTE

● The OUT1/IN1 and OUT2/IN2 ports are on the A1PSND2, A1SLND, A1UND1, A1UND2,
and A1EX2 logical boards, which also support service auto-adaption.
● When the peer board receives the OTU2/OTU2e/STM-64/STM-16/10GE LAN service,
the type of the received service on the TMA1UXCL board automatically adapts to the
same service type.

Enabling Service Auto-adaption

● New site deployment
When a device is powered on for the first time during site deployment, service
auto-adaption is enabled by default after optical fibers are properly connected
and the device and boards are powered on and running properly.
● Replacement with new spare parts
If the spare TMA1UXCL system control board is a new board, service auto-
adaption is enabled by default after the board is powered on and running
properly.
● Replacement with reused spare parts
If no logical board is configured in slot 31 for the original TMA1UXCL system
control board, service auto-adaption is automatically enabled after the spare
board is inserted, powered on, and running properly.
If a logical board is configured in slot 31 for the original TMA1UXCL system
control board, after the spare board is inserted, powered on, and running
properly, you need to enable the service auto-adaption function by pressing
the LAMP button on the spare board within 10 minutes starting from the time
when the STAT indicator is on. The details are as follows:

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

a. Press and hold the LAMP button on the TMA1UXCL system control board
for 15 to 30 seconds, and then release it. The NE enters the service auto-
adaption debugging state and the STAT, PROG, SRV, and ALM indicators
are steady red.
b. After entering the debugging state, press and hold the LAMP button for 2
to 4 seconds within 10 seconds, and then release the button for 2 to 4
seconds. Repeat this operation for three times. The device starts to clear
the database of the spare parts, perform a cold reset on the board, and
enable service auto-adaption.
When the database data of the spare part is being cleared, the STAT,
PROG, SRV, and ALM indicators blink red quickly (on for 300 ms and off
for 300 ms).
When the service auto-adaption is in process, the STAT, PROG, SRV, and
ALM indicators blink orange quickly (on for 300 ms and off for 300 ms).
● Resets on the system control board
After the logical board in slot 31 for the TMA1UXCL system control board is
deleted, a cold reset is performed on the system control board or the system
control board is reset after a power failure. In this case, the service auto-
adaption function is automatically enabled.

After the service auto-adaption succeeds, the DCN becomes available. The NEs are
displayed in green on the NMS. You can manage the NEs through the NMS.

NOTE

If an R_LOS, PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE (the optical module cannot be detected), or

LSR_NO_FITED (the optical module is not installed) alarm exists on the NE, service auto-
adaption will not be performed.
If no R_LOS, PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE, or LSR_NO_FITED alarm exists on the NE, check the
indicator status to determine whether service auto-adaption is in process. If the indicators
are still in service auto-adaption state for more than 20 minutes after the function is
enabled, check whether the optical module or optical fiber is properly connected. If yes,
rectify the fault and then re-start service auto-adaption.

Table 7-6 Description of indicators in service auto-adaption state

Indicator Color Status Description

STAT/ Red On The NE enters the service

PROG/SRV/ auto-adaption debugging
ALM state.

Red Blinking Blinking quickly (on for 300

ms and off for 300 ms): The
database data is being
cleared.

Orange Blinking Blinking quickly (on for 300

ms and off for 300 ms):
Service auto-adaption is in
process.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

7.6 Cascading NEs

NEs can be cascaded by using network cables. Then, the NEs can communicate
network management information by means of extended ECC.
In some special scenarios, a network or an NE is isolated on a network and no
fiber connection is established between the network or NE and a gateway NE. In
this case, NEs can be cascaded by using network cables to achieve communication
between the network or NE and the gateway NE by means of extended ECC rather
than DCC.
As shown in Figure 7-6:
● The ETH1 port on the SCC board of the gateway NE (NE 1) is connected to a
network port on the NMS computer by using a network cable so that the
NMS can manage all the connected NEs.
● The ETH2&0AM port on the SCC board of the gateway NE (NE 1) is
connected to the ETH1 or ETH2&OAM port on the SCC board in NE 2 to
achieve communication between NEs.
To cascade multiple NEs, connect the network ports of the NEs by using network
cables. A maximum of eight non-gateway NEs can be cascaded.

Figure 7-6 Diagram of cascading NEs

7.7 MPLS-TP OAM

MPLS-TP OAM provides various fault detection and locating capabilities.
MPLS-TP OAM supports proactive OAM and on-demand OAM.
● Proactive OAM: Once MPLS-TP OAM is enabled, OAM operations do not stop
until a network fault occurs.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

● On-demand OAM: After MPLS-TP OAM is enabled, OAM operations do not

proceed until they are activated separately.
Table 7-7 classifies MPLS-TP OAM functions.

Table 7-7 Classification of MPLS-TP OAM functions

OAM Type OAM Function

Proactive OAM Fault management CC

RDI

AIS

CSF

On-demand OAM Fault management and LB

isolation
LT

Performance monitoring LM

DM

LCK and TST

Table 7-8 describes MPLS-TP OAM functions and their application scenarios.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-8 MPLS-TP OAM functions and their application scenarios

MPLS-TP OAM Description Application Scenario
Function

CC A pair of MEPs ● CC is used to test

periodically transmits and unidirectional
receives continuity check connectivity of links in
message (CCM) frames to real time.
check continuity with ● To further locate a
each other. faulty link on a network,
CC reports alarms upon LT needs to be used as
detection of the following well.
defect conditions:
● LOCV: No CCM frame
is received within three
and a half consecutive
detection periods. (The
detection period can
be manually set or
determined in auto-
sensing mode. In auto-
sensing mode, the
detection period is
determined by the
CCM transmission
period.)
● UNEXPMEG: A CCM
frame with an
unexpected MEG ID is
received.
● UNEXPPER: A CCM
frame with a period
field value different
from the preset
detection period is
received.
● UNEXPMEP: A CCM
frame with an
unexpected MEP ID is
received.
● SF: The packet loss
rate exceeds the preset
signal fail (SF)
threshold.
● SD: The packet loss
rate exceeds the preset
signal degrade (SD)
threshold.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

MPLS-TP OAM Description Application Scenario

Function

RDI When the local MEP ● Defect conditions that

detects a fault on the peer MEPs have
network side, the local encountered are
MEP notifies the remote reported in real time.
MEP of this fault and the ● RDI is used only when
remote MEP generates an CC is enabled.
RDI alarm.

Client Signal Fail When the local MEP The local end needs to
(CSF) detects a link fault on the notify the remote end of
access side, the local MEP link faults on the access
notifies the remote MEP side in real time.
of this fault and the
remote MEP generates a
CSF alarm.

AIS After receiving AIS ● If an MPLS port on an

packets, the client-layer AIS-enabled transit node
MEP generates the AIS detects a defect
alarm. After detecting a condition, the transit
fault at the server layer, node suppresses the
the system inserts AIS LOCV alarm generated
packets to the client-layer on the tunnel.
to suppress alarms from ● If an AIS-enabled
the client layer. switching provider edge
(S-PE) detects a defect
condition, the S-PE
suppresses the LOCV
alarm generated on the
PW.

LB LB is used to verify ● LB is used to verify

bidirectional connectivity bidirectional
of a MEP with a MIP or a connectivity of links on
peer MEP. an on-demand basis.
If a MEP initiates an LB
test to a MIP, the time to
live (TTL) field value must
be equal to the number
of hops between the MEP
and the MIP. If a MEP
initiates an LB test to its
peer MEP, the TTL field
value must be equal to or
greater than the number
of hops between the two
MEPs.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

MPLS-TP OAM Description Application Scenario

Function

LT LT is used to verify ● LT is used to verify

bidirectional connectivity bidirectional
between an MEP and an connectivity of links and
MIP or between a pair of locate faults on an on-
MEPs, and locate the fault demand basis.
if any. ● The equipment achieves
LT by initiating LB tests
at a MEP to its closest
node until its target
node.

LM LM is used to measure ● Frame loss on tunnels or

frame loss between a pair PWs can be measured
of MEPs by counting on an on-demand basis.
transmitted and received
data frames between the
pair of MEPs.
LM can measure near-end
and far-end frame loss.
For a MEP, near-end
frame loss refers to frame
loss associated with
ingress data frames while
far end frame loss refers
to frame loss associated
with egress data frames.

DM DM is used to measure ● Frame delay and frame

frame delay and frame delay variation on
delay variation between a tunnels or PWs can be
pair of MEPs by measured on an on-
transmitting and receiving demand basis.
OAM frames with DM
information.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

MPLS-TP OAM Description Application Scenario

Function

Lock (LCK) and test The LCK function enables ● Calculate the packet loss
(TST) a local service-layer MEP rate on a tunnel or PW
to notify the remote as required.
client-layer MEP when the ● The TST function and
local service-layer MEP is the LCK function must
locked, to suppress LOC be used together.
alarms at the client layer.
The TST function enables
a local MEP to
periodically send TST
packets to the remote
MEP and calculates the
number of transmitted
packets and the number
of received TST packets at
the remote end, therefore
calculating the packet
loss rate.

7.8 ETH OAM

This section describes the ETH OAM function, which includes Ethernet service
OAM and Ethernet port OAM.
On traditional WDM and OTN networks, Ethernet links are maintained based on
the optical layer or OTN channels. As networks develop, the volume of traffic on
WDM and OTN networks increase and networking modes become more complex.
This poses higher requirements on Ethernet link maintainability, and brings an
urgent demand for Ethernet service and link maintenance in addition to link
maintenance on the optical layer or OTN channels, to enhance maintenance and
administration on WDM and OTN networks.
Huawei WDM and OTN equipment uses Ethernet port OAM and Ethernet service
OAM to provide complete ETH-OAM solutions, addressing OAM requirements of
Ethernet services and links. Figure 7-7 shows application scopes of Ethernet port
OAM and Ethernet service OAM on OTN networks.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-7 Application scopes of Ethernet port OAM and Ethernet service OAM on
OTN networks

7.8.1 Ethernet Service OAM

An Ethernet board supports a wide range of Ethernet service OAM operations,
including the continuity check (CC), loopback (LB), and link trace (LT).
Table 7-9 provides details on Ethernet service OAM operations and application
scenarios.

Table 7-9 Ethernet service OAM operations and application scenarios

Operatio Explanation Application Scenario
n Name

CC The connectivity between MEPs ● The CC method is used to

is detected through periodical test unidirectional
exchange of continuity check connectivity of links in real
messages (CCMs). This time.
detection method is called ● To further locate a faulty link
continuity check (CC). on a network, the LT method
NOTE needs to be used as well.
Only an MEP can initiate or
respond to a CC.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Operatio Explanation Application Scenario

n Name

LB The LB method can be used to ● The LB method is used to test

test the status of any MP link bidirectional connectivity of
from the source MEP to the links.
maintenance domain. ● Unlike a CC, the LB method
NOTE provides one-time detection.
Only an MEP can initiate or You need to issue a
terminate an LB test.
command to initiate an LB
test.
● The LB method fails to locate
a specific faulty link on a
network in one attempt.

LT Compared with the LB method, ● The remote loopback method

the LT method is more powerful is used to locate a problem
on fault locating. That is, the LT on site.
method can locate a faulty ● The LT method is also used to
network segment in one locate a fault.
attempt.
● Compared with an LB test, all
NOTE
the MPs on a link under an
Only an MEP can initiate or
terminate an LT test. LT test respond to LTM
frames. According to their
responses, all the MIPs from
the source MEP to the
destination MEP can be
determined.

AIS The alarm indication signal The AIS activation method is

(AIS) is used to report errors to used when the fault information
a higher level node in the case needs to be reported to a higher
of ETH-OAM. After a fault is level MP.
detected by an MP, if this MP If several MDs exist on links, to
activates the AIS, it sends the locate a fault accurately,
AIS packet to a higher level MP activate the AIS and set the level
so that the higher level MP is of the customer hierarchy that
informed of the fault functions to suppress the AIS
information; if this MP does not information.
activate the AIS, it does not
report the fault.
NOTE
In normal cases, if an MP is set to
level n, the level of the customer
hierarchy that functions to suppress
the AIS information should be set
to n+1.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Operatio Explanation Application Scenario

n Name

LM The loss measurement (LM) The LM function tests the

function is an equipment- availability of a link. A
specific counter that counts the bidirectional link becomes
lost frames on the ingress and unavailable once it becomes
egress ends of a link. When a unavailable in either direction.
link becomes faulty, the LM
function helps to analyze the
fault.
Packet loss ratio = Number of
lost frames/Number of frames
within an interval T. The packet
loss ratio is expressed as a
percentage.
The LM function can be single-
ended or dual-ended.
The single-ended LM is on-
demand, providing one-time
packet loss ratio. The dual-
ended LM is active, periodically
and automatically providing
packet loss ratio.
NOTE
The equipment supports only the
single-ended LM of Egress port or
far end.

DM The delay measurement (DM) This function helps fault

function measures the Ethernet locating by using a loopback to
service transmission delay measure the frame delay.
between a pair of MEPs.
Each independent maintenance
end point (MEP) can perform
the DM function. The DM
function can be performed in
two ways: One-way DM and
Two-way DM.
NOTE
The equipment supports only the
Two-way DM.

FDV Different frames may have The FDV function measures the
different delays. The frame frame delay variation between
delay variation (FDV) measures MEPs on a point-to-point link.
the Ethernet service
transmission delay variation
between a pair of MEPs based
on DM results.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Operatio Explanation Application Scenario

n Name

RDI The remote defect indication ● Single-ended error

(RDI) function indicates a local management
fault for a peer MEP. ● Remote performance check,
reflecting a fault that
occurred on the remote end

OAM Ping Ping is an in-service test. Ping This method is used to check
helps to simulate the packet loss the performance of services
rate and delay of services that between the local equipment
result from bit errors. Based on and data communication
the check of connectivity, ping equipment that supports the
provides refined management ICMP protocol.
over the performance of Compared with the check of
Ethernet links at the MAC layer. connectivity, this method
provides more detailed and
accurate OAM information.

7.8.2 Ethernet Port OAM

The Ethernet board supports Ethernet port OAM operations, including the OAM
auto-discovery, link performance monitoring, remote loopback, and self-loop test.
Table 7-10 provides details on Ethernet port OAM operations and application
scenarios.

Table 7-10 Ethernet port OAM operations and application scenarios

Operation Explanation Application Description
Name Scenario

OAM auto- By exchanging ● The equipment A successful OAM

discovery information OAM that supports the auto-discovery is a
protocol data units IEEE 802.3ah prerequisite for
(OAMPDUs) OAM protocol is implementing link
periodically, the identified. performance
local equipment is ● If an auto- monitoring and
informed whether discovery fails, a remote loopbacks.
its opposite end relevant alarm is That is, the link
supports the IEEE reported. performance
802.3ah OAM monitoring and
protocol. loopback functions
are available at a
port only when an
OAM auto-discovery
is successful at the
port.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Operation Explanation Application Description

Name Scenario

Link The link ● The link

performanc performance performance
e monitoring method monitoring
monitoring monitors the bit method is used
error performance to monitor the
(errored frames or performance of
errored signals) of a services on a link
link. On detecting in real time.
that bit errors ● The link
exceed the performance
threshold, the local monitoring
end sends a specific method can
bit error event to precisely analyze
the opposite end by and monitor the
using the event link performance
notification within a specific
OAMPDU. In this range.
case, the opposite
end reports a ● According to
relevant alarm. actual
requirements,
you can set
window values
and threshold
values for three
link performance
events on the
NMS. In this
manner, whether
the link
performance
degrades to the
threshold can be
detected.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Operation Explanation Application Description

Name Scenario
NOTE
To perform
performance
measurement
from different
aspects, classify
link performance
monitoring into
errored frame
event monitoring,
errored frame
seconds summary
event monitoring,
errored frame
period event
monitoring, and
errored symbol
period event
monitoring.

Link The OAM entity The fault locating

performanc transmits the faults method is used to
e (including link locate a problem on
monitoring faults, dying gasps, site.
critical events)
detected by the
local end over the
flag field defined by
the OAMPDU to the
remote end. In this
way, the fault
notification is
realized.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Operation Explanation Application Description

Name Scenario

Remote The OAM entity at ● The remote

loopback the local end loopback method
transmits a is used to locate
loopback control a problem on
OAMPDU to a site.
remote OAM entity ● By comparing the
to request a number of
loopback. Based on transmitted
the analysis data of packets with the
the loopback, you number of
can perform fault received looped-
locating and link back packets, the
performance tests. remote loopback
method helps to
detect
bidirectional
performance and
faults of the link
from the
loopback
initiation end to
the loopback
response end.

Self-loop After the self-loop ● The self-loop test

test test function is method helps to
enabled on an detect a port
Ethernet unit, you loopback and an
can detect a self- intra-board
loop that occurs loopback.
when the fiber in ● Once a loop
the transmit occurs on a
direction of a port is network, the
connected to the equipment can
same port in the detect it and
receive direction, reports a relevant
and an intra-board alarm.
loopback between
two connected ports
on the same board.

7.9 RMON
RMON defines a serial of statistic formats and functions to realize the data
exchange between the control stations and detection stations that complies with
the RMON standards.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

The RMON statistics of the equipment are stored in the RMON agent of an
Ethernet unit. The NMS uses basic Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
commands to exchange statistics with and collect statistics from the RMON agent.
With these statistics, operating and maintenance personnel can perform real-time
monitoring, error detection, and fault analysis and handling on Ethernet services.
The equipment accomplishes the following RMON management groups specified
in IETF RFC2819:

Table 7-11 RMON Management Groups

RMON Description Remark
Manage
ment
Groups

Statistics The statistics group allows users The Ethernet unit supports
group to query port performance in real statistics group based on port.
time, such as the number of The sampling interval of a
packets that are received and statistics group can be set. The
sent with specified length and value range of the sampling
number of packet loss events interval is from 5 second to 150
within a certain period. seconds.

Alarm The alarm group allows users to The Ethernet unit supports port-
group monitor important port based alarm groups. You can
performance. Once the create only one alarm group for
monitored performance crosses a a board. The number of alarm
threshold, an alarm is reported, entries in an alarm group must
for example, when the number not exceed ten.
of bytes in corrupted packets or You can set the following items
the number of packet loss events to which the alarm object
crosses the threshold. corresponds: monitored object,
sampling interval, report mode
(report in case of upper
threshold-crossing, report in case
of lower threshold-crossing,
report all), upper threshold, and
lower threshold.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

RMON Description Remark

Manage
ment
Groups

History The history control group allows The history control group has the
control users to periodically collect and following attributes:
group store the required port ● History table type
performance data.
You can set the history table
type to 30-second, 30-minute,
custom period 1, or custom
period 2. In the case of a
custom period, you need to
manually set the required
sampling interval.
● Monitored object
This specifies the port on
which performance data is
collected. You can set
monitored objects for each
history table type.
● Number of items
This specifies the number of
historical performance data
entries that are stored in the
Ethernet unit. Because the
historical performance data is
stored in the wrap mode, the
stored data is the latest
historical performance data.
For example, if the number of
items is set to 10, the
Ethernet unit stores the latest
ten historical performance
data entries. You can set the
number of items for each
history table type. The
number of items can be set to
50 at most.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

RMON Description Remark

Manage
ment
Groups

History The history group allows users to The history group has the
group query and filter the required following attributes:
historical performance data for ● History table type
fault analysis and diagnosis.
This specifies the sampling
period to which the historical
performance data
corresponds. You can set the
history table type to 30-
second, 30-minute, custom
period 1, or custom period 2.
● Monitored object
This specifies the port to
which the historical
performance data
corresponds.
● Performance entry
This specifies the performance
entries to which the historical
performance data
corresponds. The list of
performance entries is the
same as the list of the
performance entries that can
be added into a statistics
group.
● Query conditions
This specifies the relative time
to which the historical
performance data
corresponds. 1 represents the
oldest item. You can query a
maximum of ten entries at
one time.
NOTE
You can query performances in the
history group only after the
performance monitoring parameter
in the history control group is pre-
set.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

7.10 Port Mirroring

For the existing complex networks, equipment has already provided various
effective fault diagnosis methods. However, the methods require path overheads
or even interrupt service. Therefore, a fast fault diagnosis method that does not
affect services is urgently required. Port mirroring effectively addresses this
requirement.
Port mirroring has the following features:
● The entire physical port is mirrored.
● Port mirroring applies to online fault diagnosis. It mirrors the traffic or some
services from one port to another port, and then an analyzer is used for fault
diagnosis.
● After port mirroring is used, traffic can be monitored using an analyzer.
● Direction of Mirror Source Function Point.
– Ingress: The traffic received by the mirror source port is replicated to the
mirror destination port.
– Egress: The traffic transmitted by the mirror source port is replicated to
the mirror destination port.
– Bidirectional: The traffic received and transmitted by the mirror source
port is replicated to the mirror destination port.
Unlike port mirroring that only copies and monitors the services on the entire
port, port traffic mirroring combines port mirroring and flow mirroring. It copies
and monitors the services on a port based on the likes of VLAN tag, VLAN priority,
IP priority, destination MAC, making fault location more accurately.

NOTE

The following takes port mirroring as an example. The similar goes to other mirroring
scenarios.

As shown in Figure 7-8, a port on NE1 is the mirror source port and another port
on NE1 is the mirror destination port. NE1 replicates the traffic at the mirror
source port to the mirror destination port. An analyzer is used to analyze the
traffic or to monitor the traffic in real time without affecting the services. NE1
receives services from the User A through Port 1 and transmits the services
through Port 2. Set Port 1 or Port 2 as the mirror source port and set Port 3 as the
mirror destination port.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-8 Typical networking for port mirroring

NOTE

The following describes the implementation of mirror source function point on ingress and
egress.

In the ingress direction of NE1 when Port 1 is the mirror source:

1. NE1 replicates all the ingress traffic at Port 1 (the mirror source port) to Port
3 (the mirror destination port).
2. Normal services are transmitted from NE1 to NE3 and then to the User B. The
replicated ingress mirror services are transmitted from NE1 to the analyzer.
3. The analyzer monitors and analyzes the mirror services to monitor and
analyze normal services in the ingress direction.
In the egress direction of NE1 when Port 2 is the mirror source:
1. NE1 replicates all the egress traffic at Port 2 (the mirror source port) to Port 3
(the mirror destination port).
2. Normal services are transmitted from NE1 to NE3 and then to the User B. The
replicated egress mirror services are transmitted from NE1 to the analyzer.
3. The analyzer monitors and analyzes the mirror services to monitor and
analyze normal services in the egress direction.

7.11 PRBS Test (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 I

Enhanced)
If no commissioning instruments are available in the network maintenance phase
or on a new network where no services are deployed, you can perform a self-
transmit and self-receive test using the pseudo random bit sequence (PRBS)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

function to check whether links on each section are normal by performing

loopbacks section by section.
The information provided in Figure 7-9 shows that, in PRBS applications, the local
board with the PRBS test function sends PRBS codes and analyzes the PRBS codes
looped back from the remote end. By comparing the PRBS codes looped back
from the remote end with the PRBS codes that should be received according to
the theoretic calculation, the local board determines whether equipment or the
transmission line is normal. Table 7-12 shows the application networking for the
PRBS test.
For the same network, the information provided in Table 7-12, shows that a
client-side PRBS test is more penetrative than a WDM-side PRBS test. If a board on
which the PRBS test has been started does not receive the PRBS test signals
transmitted from the local board, the board reports a PRBS-LSS alarm.

Figure 7-9 PRBS application

NOTE

● When a PRBS test is in progress, only query operations can be performed. Users are not
allowed to delivery any configuration to the boards participating in the test. During a
PRBS test, the boards participating in the test cannot carry any services. If services are
carried on the boards, they will be interrupted during the PRBS test.
● The PRBS test function is only used during deployment and fault location. After the
deployment and fault location, users must disable the PRBS Test Status.
● The PRBS codes vary according to the types of client-side service. Therefore, to perform
a client-side PRBS test, users must ensure that the client-side service types for the tester
board and auxiliary board are the same.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-12 PRBS networking applications

Test Mode Service Type Networking Diagram

Upstream GE/10GE services

PRBS test
on the
client side

NOTE
No self-loop is required on the client side of meter
boards.

Downstrea Standard OTN

m PRBS services, SDH
test on the services, CPRI
client side services, OBSAI
services, GE/
10GE services

NOTE
For the F2ELOM(STND) and TNF1LDX(STND)
boards, the client-side downstream PRBS test does
not require auxiliary boards.

WDM-side —
PRBS test

PRBS test SDH services

on SDH (the PRBS signal
boards initiated from
the cross-
connect board)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Test Mode Service Type Networking Diagram

SDH services
(the PRBS signal
initiated from
the line board)

PRBS test PDH services

on PDH
boards

Meter board: used to generate PRBS test signals and monitors PRBS test signals
that are looped back from the remote board. By comparing the transmitted and
received PRBS test signals, you can determine whether the current link or
equipment is normal.
Auxiliary board: connects a meter board and the network under test to
transparently transmit the PRBS test signals. Auxiliary boards need to be
configured at the near end only when client-side services that are set to SDH
services other than standard OTN services.
When a tributary board or line board is used as a meter board or auxiliary
board, cross-connections need to be configured to form a complete service path.

7.12 PRBS Test (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP)

Some OTUs of the OptiX OSN 1800 provide the pseudo random bit sequence
(PRBS) error detection function. On the NMS, the meter board can be configured
to send PRBS test signals, and the client side and WDM side of the auxiliary board
to transparently transmit the PRBS test signals. In this way, you can perform the
bit error test of the transmission link without attaching a meter to the equipment
during the deployment.
Boards that support the PRBS function are classified into meter boards and
auxiliary boards.
● A meter board generates PRBS test signals and monitors PRBS test signals
that are looped back from the remote board. By comparing the transmitted
and received PRBS test signals, you can determine whether the current link or
equipment is normal.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

● Certain meter boards need to work with auxiliary boards during the PRBS test.
An auxiliary board connects a meter board and the network under test to
transparently transmit the PRBS test signals.

Ethernet Services PRBS Test Scenario

The F2ELOM, F2ELOM(STND), F2LQM2 boards that receive GE services, the
F1LDX(STND) board that receives 10GE services, and the C12X5 board that
receives GE/10GE services are used as meter boards to generate GE/10GE PRBS
test signals. No auxiliary board is required. GE/10GE signals with PRBS test signals
can pass through Huawei or third-party WDM networks. Figure 7-10 shows the
test scenario.

Figure 7-10 GE PRBS Test Scenario

When interconnecting with Huawei or third-party networks, F2ELOM,

F2ELOM(STND), F1LDX(STND), F2LQM2 boards can start the PRBS test on the
WDM or client side. The C12X5 board can start the upstream PRBS test.
NOTE

For a PRBS test on the WDM side, PRBS test signals are transmitted from the client side to
the WDM side and then looped back to the client side. For a PRBS test on the client side,
however, PRBS test signals are transmitted and received both on the client side.
● Start a PRBS test in the upstream direction.
– When the PRBS test is started on the WDM side,
the meter boards F2ELOM, F2LQM2 generate GE PRBS test signals, which
are then mapped into OTN signals. The ports on the WDM side are
interconnected with the equipment under test and a fiber loopback must
be performed on the client side of the meter boards. After being
transmitted to the remote end, the GE signals are looped back on the
WDM or client side of the equipment under test. Then the meter boards
check the loopbacked GE PRBS test signals. Figure 7-11 shows the test
principle.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-11 Schematic diagram of a GE PRBS test on the WDM side

(non-C12X5/F1LDX(STND)/F2ELOM(STND) board)

– The meter board C12X5 generates GE/10GE PRBS test signals. The meter
board F1LDX(STND) generates 10GE PRBS test signals. The meter board
F2ELOM(STND) generates GE PRBS test signals.The GE/10GE signals are
then mapped into OTN signals. The ports on the WDM side of the C12X5/
F1LDX(STND)/F2ELOM(STND) board are interconnected with the
equipment under test. After being transmitted to the peer end, the
signals are looped back on the WDM or client side of the equipment
under test. Then the meter board checks the loopbacked GE/10GE PRBS
test signals. The PRBS test signals support RMON statistics collection.
Figure 7-12 shows the test principle.
NOTE

● The C12X5 board supports PRBS tests only for GE services in TTT-AGMP mapping
mode and 10GE LAN services in bit transparent mapping (11.1G) mode.
● The F1LDX(STND) board supports PRBS tests only for 10GE LAN services in MAC
transparent mapping (10.7G) mode.
● The F2ELOM(STND) board supports PRBS tests only for GE services in GFP-T
mapping mode.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-12 Schematic diagram of an upstream GE/10GE PRBS test

(C12X5/F1LDX(STND)/F2ELOM(STND) board)

● Start a PRBS test in the downstream direction.

– The meter boards F2ELOM, F2ELOM(STND), F2LQM2 generate GE PRBS
test signals. The meter board F1LDX(STND) generates 10GE PRBS test
signals. After being transmitted to the remote end, the signals are looped
back on the client or WDM side of the equipment under test. Then the
meter boards check the loopbacked GE/10GE PRBS test signals. Figure
7-13 shows the test principle.
NOTE

● The F1LDX(STND) board supports PRBS tests only for 10GE LAN services in MAC
transparent mapping (10.7G) mode.
● The F2ELOM(STND) board supports PRBS tests only for GE services in GFP-T
mapping mode.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 230

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-13 Schematic diagram of a GE/10GE PRBS test on the client side

– When the PRBS test is started on the client side, the meter board
F2ELOM generates GE PRBS test signals. After being transmitted to the
remote end, the signals are looped back on the client or WDM side of the
equipment under test. The OUT and IN ports on the meter board are
connected using a pigtail. Then the meter board check the loopbacked GE
PRBS test signals. Figure 7-14 shows the test principle.

Figure 7-14 Schematic diagram of a GE PRBS test on the client side

Common PRBS test scenario

The networking mode for the PRBS test varies according to the service type of the
OTU board.

● When the F1LSX/F2LSX board functions as the meter board, PRBS test signals
are generated from the TX port on the client side and transparently
transmitted to a WDM network through an auxiliary board. The PRBS test
signals are then looped back on the WDM or client side of the equipment
under test and checked at the RX port of the meter board. Figure 7-15 shows
the test principle.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 231

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-15 Schematic diagram of the PRBS test (1)

● The F2ELOM board that carries STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 services function as

meter boards and generate PRBS test signals. The ports on the WDM side are
interconnected with the equipment under test and a fiber loopback must be
performed on the client side of the meter board. After being transmitted to
the remote end, the signals are looped back on the WDM or client side of the
equipment under test. Then the meter boards check the loopbacked GE PRBS
test signals. Figure 7-16 shows the test principle.

Figure 7-16 Schematic diagram of the PRBS test (2)

● The F1LDX, the F2ELOM board that carries STM-1/STM-4/STM-16/

OTU1/10GE LAN services, the F2LQM2 board that carries STM-1/STM-4/
STM-16 services function as meter boards and no auxiliary board is required.
The PRBS test signals are generated at the TX port on the client side. After
being transmitted to the remote end, the signals are looped back on the
WDM or client side of the equipment under test. Then the meter boards
check the loopbacked GE PRBS test signals. Figure 7-17 shows the test
principle.

Figure 7-17 Schematic diagram of the PRBS test (3)

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 232

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

● The TSP board that carries STM-1/E1/T1 services function as meter boards. No
auxiliary board is required. The PRBS test signals are generated at the TX port
on the client side. After being transmitted to the remote end, the signals are
looped back on the WDM or client side of the equipment under test. The OUT
and IN ports on the meter board are connected using a pigtail. Then the
meter board checks the loopbacked GE PRBS test signals. Figure 7-18 shows
the test principle.

Figure 7-18 Schematic diagram of the PRBS test (4)

● The F2CP6/C12X5 board supports the PRBS test on CPRI/OBSAI services in the
downstream direction on the client side and the PRBS test on OTN interface
on the WDM side.
– PRBS test started in the downstream direction on the client side
The meter board F2CP6/C12X5 generates framed PRBS test signals. After
being transmitted to the remote end, the signals are looped back on the
WDM or client side of the auxiliary board. Then the meter board checks
the loopbacked PRBS test signals. Figure 7-19 shows the test principle.

Figure 7-19 Schematic diagram of the PRBS test (5)

– PRBS test started on the WDM side

The meter board F2CP6/C12X5 generates unframed PRBS test signals.
After being transmitted to the remote end, the signals are looped back on
the WDM side of the equipment under test. Then the meter board checks
the loopbacked PRBS test signals. Figure 7-20 shows the test principle.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 233

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Figure 7-20 Schematic diagram of the PRBS test (6)

7.13 Loopback
Loopbacks provide an effective means of troubleshooting a network, by verifying a
service on a segment-by-segment basis.

Hardware Loopback and Software Loopback

● Hardware loopback: To create a hardware loopback at an optical port,
connect the transmit end and receive end of the port using a fiber. A
hardware loopback must be performed onsite.
● Software loopback: To create a software loopback, configure it on the NMS.

Figure 7-21 Differences between a hardware loopback and a software loopback

OTU Board Loopback

A loopback is used to determine whether the board where the loopback is
performed is faulty. The OSN 1800 OTU boards support the same loopback types
and these loopbacks are performed in the same way on different OTU boards.
Table 7-13 provides an example of how to perform loopbacks on OTU boards by
describing the loopbacks performed on the OTU board to verify the board SDH
services.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 234

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-13 OTU board loopback

Loopba Meaning Diagram
ck Type

Client- Detects
side whether the
outloop fiber line
and
connectors
on the line
are normal.

Client- Detects
side whether the
inloop received
signals are
properly
processed
inside the
board.

WDM- Detects
side whether the
inloop received
signals are
properly
processed
inside the
board.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 235

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Loopba Meaning Diagram

ck Type

WDM- Detects
side whether the
outloop fiber line
and
connectors
on the line
are normal.

OTN Tributary Board Loopback

OptiX OSN equipment supports inloops and outloops on an OTN tributary board.

Table 7-14 OTN tributary board loopback

Loop Meaning Diagram
back
Poin
t

Port Checks whether

outl optical fibers
oop and connectors
on function
an properly.
OTN
tribu
tary
boar
d

Port Checks whether

inloo the board
p on properly
an processes
OTN received signals.
tribu
tary
boar
d

OTN Line Board Loopback

OptiX OSN equipment supports inloops and outloops on an OTN line board.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 236

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-15 OTN line board loopback

Loop Meaning Diagram
back
Poin
t

Port Checks whether

outl optical fibers
oop and connectors
on function
an properly.
OTN
line
boar
d

Port Checks whether

inloo the board
p on properly
an processes
OTN received signals.
line
boar
d

SDH Board Loopback

The equipment supports the outloop and inloop on the SDH optical interface
board.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 237

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-16 Diagrams of the outloop on the optical interface board

Loopbac Meaning Diagram
k Point

Optical The optical interface

interface outloop does not
outloop change the signal
on the structure. Within the
SDH optical interface
optical board, the signal that
interface is transmitted from
board the optical receiver
module is directly
looped from the SDH
interface (before the
signal is processed) to
the optical transmitter
module. In this way,
you can check
whether the SDH
interface and the
external cable of the
SDH board are
normal.

VC-4 The VC-4 outloop

outloop does not change the
on the signal structure.
SDH Within the optical
optical interface board, the
interface VC-4 signal that is
board transmitted from the
optical receiver
module is directly
looped from the VC-4
channel (before the
signal is processed) to
the optical transmitter
module. The VC-4
outloop can be
performed for
checking whether the
VC-4 channels at the
SDH interfaces and on
the fibers connected
to the SDH board are
normal.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 238

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Loopbac Meaning Diagram

k Point

VC-3/ The VC-3/VC-12

VC-12 outloop does not
outloop change the signal
on the structure. Within the
SDH optical interface
optical board, the VC-3/VC-12
interface signal that is
board transmitted from the
optical receiver
module is directly
looped from the VC-3/
VC-12 channel (before
the signal is
processed) to the
optical transmitter
module. The VC-3/
VC-12 outloop can be
performed for
checking whether the
VC-3/VC-12 channels
at the SDH interfaces
and on the fibers
connected to the SDH
board are normal.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-17 Diagrams of the inloop on the optical interface board

Loopbac Meaning Diagram
k Point

Optical The optical interface

interface inloop processes the
inloop on signal at the local
the SDH end. Within the
optical optical interface
interface board, the signal that
board is transmitted from
the cross-connect
unit is looped from
the SDH interface
(after the signal is
processed) to the
cross-connect unit. In
this way, you can
check whether the
SDH service
processing module
and the cross-
connect board are
normal.

VC-4 The VC-4 inloop

inloop on processes the signal
the SDH at the local end.
optical Within the optical
interface interface board, the
board VC-4 signal that is
transmitted from the
cross-connect unit is
looped from the VC-4
channel (after the
signal is processed)
to the cross-connect
unit. In this way, you
can check whether
the SDH service
processing module
and the cross-
connect board are
normal.

PDH Board Loopback

The equipment supports the outloop and inloop on the PDH electrical interface
board.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-18 Diagrams of the outloop on the electrical interface board

Loopback Meaning Diagram
Point

Outloop The outloop does

on the not change the
PDH signal structure.
electrical Within the PDH
interface electrical interface
board board, the signal
that is transmitted
from the receive
port is directly
looped back to the
corresponding
transmit port before
being processed. In
this way, you can
check whether the
PDH interface and
the external cable
of the PDH board
are normal.

Inloop on The inloop

the PDH processes the signal
electrical at the local end.
interface Within the PDH
board electrical interface
board, the signal
that is transmitted
from the cross-
connect unit is
looped back to the
cross-connect unit
after being
processed. In this
way, you can check
whether the PDH
service processing
module and the
cross-connect board
are normal.

Ethernet Board Loopback

The equipment supports the inloop on the Ethernet port. Inloops are classified into
the inloop on the PHY-layer port and the MAC-layer port.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-19 Diagrams of the loopback on the Ethernet port

Loopbac Meaning Diagram

k Point

PHY The Ethernet service

loopback that is transmitted
from the NE is
looped from the
physical layer of the
Ethernet port to the
SDH layer. In this
way, you can check
whether the MAC
layer, SDH layer, and
signals of the
Ethernet board are
normal.

MAC The Ethernet service

loopback that is transmitted
from the NE is
looped from the
MAC layer of the
Ethernet port to the
SDH layer. In this
way, you can check
whether the SDH
layer and signals of
the Ethernet board
are normal.

7.14 Hot Patches

The product supports the hot patch technology (the hot patch can be loaded
locally or remotely).
Some equipment requires long-term uninterrupted operation. When a defect is
located or a new requirement needs to be applied to the equipment software, a
process of replacing old codes with new codes should be performed to rectify the
defect or meet the new requirement, without any service interruption. These new
codes are referred to as a hot patch.
The hot patch technology has the following features:
● The hot patch solves most of the software problems without affecting
services.
● The hot patch effectively decreases the number of software versions and
prevents frequent software version upgrade.
● The hot patch operation does not affect services and can be performed
remotely. The hot patch also provides a rollback function. This helps to
decrease the upgrade cost and to avoid upgrade risks.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

● The hot patch can be used as an effective method for locating faults, thereby
improving the efficiency of solving problems.

7.15 Software Package Loading

Software upgrade by package loading refers to a process in which NE software
and board software of an NE are loaded (locally or remotely) at a time to replace
the original software. This loading mode avoids the repetitive loading actions for
the boards one by one and therefore improves the upgrade efficiently.
To ensure that the upgrade is successful, perform a health check on the OptiX
OSN equipment before the upgrade, including checking NE alarms and NE
software.
Software package loading has the following features:
● The loading process is based on only the desired NE and is performed in one
graphic user interface (GUI).
● The NE can be automatically managed. The software of the newly seated
board is automatically updated when it does not match the software of the
NE. So the efficiency of the software upgrade is improved.
● Software package loading is an incremental loading process in which only the
files that need be updated are loaded.
● Software package loading supports the rollback function. When the software
or hardware of the system is faulty, the loading fails, and the NE software is
restored to the version before loading.
Software package loading applies to the following scenarios:
● NE software upgrade
● NE software downgrade
● Replacement of equipment software version

7.16 Automatically Customized Package Loading

When detecting that the storage space is insufficient during package loading upon
an upgrade, the system automatically deletes the files corresponding to the offline
boards or subracks, such as OSN 810 and OSN 850, all TDM boards, and slave
subracks equipped with F3SCC.
The flash storage space of the F5UXCM or F5XCH01 system control board of the
1800 V is limited. If the F5UXCM or F5XCH01 of the 1800 V is upgraded to
V100R007C10 or a later version, the loading package will be automatically
customized.
After the package loading, if you need to insert a board or subrack that was
deleted due to the automatic customization, the system may be affected. For
details about the impact on the system and recovery measures, see Table 7-20.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 7 Operation and Maintenance

Table 7-20 Impact on the system and recovery measures for automatically
customized package loading
Types Board/Subrack Insertion After Package Loading
of
Board Fault Impact on the Recovery Measure
s/ Symptom System
Subra
cks
Delete
d Due
to
Auto
matic
Custo
mizati
on

OSN An The board can go 1. Re-load the customized

810/O SWDL_PKG_ online, but the package.
SN NOBDSOFT software version 2. If the fault cannot be rectified,
850 alarm is and logic version contact Huawei engineers for
reported. cannot be upgraded help.
to the target
version. Services are
not affected.

EGS4/ An The board can go 1. Re-load the customized

EFS8 SWDL_PKG_ online, but the package.
NOBDSOFT software version 2. If the fault cannot be rectified,
alarm is and logic version contact Huawei engineers for
reported. cannot be upgraded help.
to the target
version. Services are
not affected.

TDM An The board can go 1. Re-load the customized

boards SWDL_PKG_ online, but the logic package.
except NOBDSOFT version cannot be 2. If the fault cannot be rectified,
EGS4/ alarm is upgraded to the contact Huawei engineers for
EFS8 reported. target version. help.
Services are not
affected.

Slave An The subrack can go 1. Re-load the customized

subrac SWDL_PKG_ online, but the package.
ks NOBDSOFT software version 2. If the fault cannot be rectified,
equipp alarm is and logic version contact Huawei engineers for
ed reported. cannot be upgraded help.
with to the target
F3SCC version. Services are
not affected.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 8 License Management

8 License Management

A Huawei product license authorizes product use within a specified scope and a
specified period. With a Huawei product license, customers have access to the
services committed by Huawei.

8.1 License Overview

8.2 RTU

8.1 License Overview

License
A license is an agreement made by and between a supplier and a customer on the
scope of usage, functions, and time restrictions of the product that has been
purchased. The customer can obtain the services promised by the supplier after
obtaining the license.

The customer can flexibly choose network features and capacity that apply to
specific phases, protecting the investment to the maximum extent.

A license can be a license certificate or a license file.

NOTE

The differences between a license and an RTU are as follows:

● A license authorizes device functions and resources. After functions or services are
deleted, the consumed license is released and can still be used in the future.
● As a part of hardware, an RTU authorizes hardware resources. The lifecycle of the RTU is
the same as that of hardware.

License Files
A license file is an authorization file used to control product capacity and
functions. The file is generated by a dedicated tool according to private key
requirements and contract information, and is delivered in an electronic form. A
license file contains information about ESNs, resource control items, function
control items, and sales items.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 245

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 8 License Management

After obtaining a license file, you need to manually load it to the NMS to use the
functions authorized by the license.

Table 8-1 License file types

License File Description

● Network Cloud Engine License files of the NMS (NCE or U2000)

License
● iManager U2000 License

iManager OmniSight-T License file of devices. The management features

License of transmission devices are controlled by
OmniSight-T licenses.
Both the OmniSight-T licenses and NMS license
files must be loaded to the NMS. During an NMS
upgrade, the OmniSight-T licenses do not need to
be upgraded.

License Certificates
A license certificate is generated and delivered by the License Distribution Center.
It is used to prove that you have the license of a Huawei product and record the
product name, license authorization code (LAC), customer name, and validity
period of the license.
The license certificate is used as the authorization credential for using device
functions and does not need to be loaded to the NMS.
It specifies the software authorization range and mainly protects the rights of
buyers. The authorization is protected by law. Buyers can only use the software
within the specified range (including the product software version, features,
capacity, location, and time).
For more detail information, see WDM OTN License Guide.

8.2 RTU
Definition
Right To Use (RTU) is a part of hardware. It is used to authorize hardware
capabilities in installments, such as capacities, ports, and cross-connect degrees.
RTU is a license for the use of hardware resources and has the same lifecycle as
hardware.

Carrier
Using RTUs to provision services requires the following:
1. Hardware: subracks, boards, and optical modules that support RTUs
2. RTU certificate: setting the number and type of RTUs that have been applied
for

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 246

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 8 License Management

Benefits
● Reduced initial investment: The RTU provides customers with a method of
purchasing hardware capabilities in installments, which can significantly
reduce initial investment and quickly achieve balance between income and
expenditure.

● Improved slot utilization: The per-slot capability is improved by two times to

more than four times, saving a large number of slots and subracks.

● Reduced OPEX: Services can be provisioned by remotely loading RTUs.

Therefore, customers do not need to install hardware boards onsite to achieve
capacity expansion.

RTU Types
WDM OTNOptiXtrans products support four types of RTUs, as shown in Figure
8-1.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 247

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 8 License Management

Figure 8-1 RTU types and functions

No. RTU Type Function

Port enabling Controls the number of available ports. There are

RTU client-side port enabling RTUs and line-side port
enabling RTUs.

Line capacity Controls the capacities of line ports.

RTU

OXC line/ Controls the optical cross-connect degrees that can be

tributary configured for optical line and tributary boards.
board degree
RTU

OXC subrack Controls the number of OChs that can be configured

OCh add/ in an OXC subrack.
drop RTU

Dimensions Controls the optical cross-connection degrees that can

RTU be configured for WSS boards.

For more detail information, see Using WDM OTN RTUs.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 248

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform 9 Nominal Central Wavelength and Frequency of the
Product Description DWDM System

9 Nominal Central Wavelength and

Frequency of the DWDM System

Table 9-1 Nominal central wavelength and frequency of the DWDM system
Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt
h No. (THz) h (nm) h No. (THz) h (nm)

1 196.05 1529.16 41 194.05 1544.92

2 196.00 1529.55 42 194.00 1545.32

3 195.95 1529.94 43 193.95 1545.72

4 195.90 1530.33 44 193.90 1546.12

5 195.85 1530.72 45 193.85 1546.52

6 195.80 1531.12 46 193.80 1546.92

7 195.75 1531.51 47 193.75 1547.32

8 195.70 1531.90 48 193.70 1547.72

9 195.65 1532.29 49 193.65 1548.11

10 195.60 1532.68 50 193.60 1548.51

11 195.55 1533.07 51 193.55 1548.91

12 195.50 1533.47 52 193.50 1549.32

13 195.45 1533.86 53 193.45 1549.72

14 195.40 1534.25 54 193.40 1550.12

15 195.35 1534.64 55 193.35 1550.52

16 195.30 1535.04 56 193.30 1550.92

17 195.25 1535.43 57 193.25 1551.32

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 249

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform 9 Nominal Central Wavelength and Frequency of the
Product Description DWDM System

Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt

h No. (THz) h (nm) h No. (THz) h (nm)

18 195.20 1535.82 58 193.20 1551.72

19 195.15 1536.22 59 193.15 1552.12

20 195.10 1536.61 60 193.10 1552.52

21 195.05 1537.00 61 193.05 1552.93

22 195.00 1537.40 62 193.00 1553.33

23 194.95 1537.79 63 192.95 1553.73

24 194.90 1538.19 64 192.90 1554.13

25 194.85 1538.58 65 192.85 1554.54

26 194.80 1538.98 66 192.80 1554.94

27 194.75 1539.37 67 192.75 1555.34

28 194.70 1539.77 68 192.70 1555.75

29 194.65 1540.16 69 192.65 1556.15

30 194.60 1540.56 70 192.60 1556.55

31 194.55 1540.95 71 192.55 1556.96

32 194.50 1541.35 72 192.50 1557.36

33 194.45 1541.75 73 192.45 1557.77

34 194.40 1542.14 74 192.40 1558.17

35 194.35 1542.54 75 192.35 1558.58

36 194.30 1542.94 76 192.30 1558.98

37 194.25 1543.33 77 192.25 1559.39

38 194.20 1543.73 78 192.20 1559.79

39 194.15 1544.13 79 192.15 1560.20

40 194.10 1544.53 80 192.10 1560.61

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 250

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform 10 Nominal Central Wavelengths of a CWDM
Product Description System

10 Nominal Central Wavelengths of a

CWDM System

Table 10-1 Nominal central wavelengths of a CWDM system

Wavelength No. Wavelength Wavelength No. Wavelength
(nm) (nm)

11 1471 15 1551

12 1491 16 1571

13 1511 17 1591

14 1531 18 1611

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 251

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 11 Power Saving and Environment Protection

11 Power Saving and Environment

Protection

11.1 Energy Saving (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 I Enhanced/1800 V Pro/1800 II

Pro)
This topic describes the implementation of equipment power saving.
11.2 Energy Saving (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP)
The WDM equipment supports control and monitoring of dynamic energy
conservation.
11.3 Environment Protection
OSN 1800 is designed to ensure sustainable development. All parts and packaging
comply with related standards and can be recycled and reused properly.

11.1 Energy Saving (1800 V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 I

Enhanced/1800 V Pro/1800 II Pro)
This topic describes the implementation of equipment power saving.

11.1.1 Static Power Saving

The following power saving measures are taken during the design of the WDM
equipment:

● Reduction of per-bit power consumption by improving chip manufacturing

process
● Use of efficient power modules
● Normalization of 10G optical modules to SFP+ modules

11.1.2 Dynamic Power Saving

Users can perform power saving configurations on the NMS to precisely manage
power consumption.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 252

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 11 Power Saving and Environment Protection

Table 11-1 Power-saving measures of 1800 V Pro

Power- Power-Saving Measure
Saving
Mode Unused Cross- Cross-connect Unused Boards Unused Ports
Connect Buses Boards

Normal Unused cross- Hot Backup No power is Laser on

mode connect buses supplied to the
on service boards
boards are
disconnected.

Table 11-2 Power-saving measures of 1800 II Pro

Power- Power-Saving Measure
Saving
Mode Unused Cross- Unused Boards Unused Ports
Connect Buses

Normal Unused cross- No power is Laser on

mode a connect buses on supplied to the
service boards are boards
disconnected.

Table 11-3 Power-saving measures of 1800 V

Power- Power-Saving Measure
Saving
Mode Unused Cross- Cross-connect Unused Boards Unused Ports
Connect Buses Boards

Normal Unused cross- Hot Backup No power is Laser on

mode a connect buses supplied to the
on service boards
boards are
disconnected.

Power- Unused cross- Warm Backup No power is Laser off

saving connect buses supplied to the
mode on active cross- boards
connect boards
are
disconnected.
All cross-
connect buses
on standby
cross-connect
boards are
disconnected.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 253

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 11 Power Saving and Environment Protection

Power- Power-Saving Measure

Saving
Mode Unused Cross- Cross-connect Unused Boards Unused Ports
Connect Buses Boards

Enhanc Unused cross- Warm Backup No power is Laser off

ed connect buses supplied to the
power- on active cross- boards
saving connect boards
mode b are
disconnected.
All cross-
connect buses
on standby
cross-connect
boards are
disconnected.

TDM Unused cross- Hot Backup No power is Laser off

power- connect buses supplied to the
saving on active cross- boards
modec connect boards
are
disconnected.
Unused cross-
connect buses
on standby
cross-connect
boards are
disconnected.

a: The normal mode is the default mode. The enhanced power-saving mode is
not recommended, because a switchover from hot backup to warm backup may
take a long time.
b: When warm backup is configured for cross-connect boards, the working
mode of the packet switching unit differs on an NE in power-saving mode and
an NE in enhanced power-saving mode.
c: Only the OSN 1800 V (Z5UXCMS) supports the TDM power-saving mode.
When the TDM power-saving mode is used, OTN boards, packet boards, and
universal line boards are not supported. During the switching from the TDM
power-saving mode to the normal mode, the NE undergoes a cold reset, and
the SDH services are interrupted for 5 to 10 minutes. After the system is
switched to the normal mode, the power consumption of the device increases,
which may exceed the heat dissipation capability of the cabinet. As a result, the
device cannot work properly. Verify that the power consumption does not
exceed the threshold and then perform the switching.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 254

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 11 Power Saving and Environment Protection

Table 11-4 Power-saving measures of 1800 II Enhanced

Power- Power-Saving Measure
Saving
Mode Unused Cross- Unused Boards Unused Ports
Connect Buses

Normal Unused cross- No power is Laser on

mode a connect buses on supplied to the
service boards are boards
disconnected.

Power- Unused cross- No power is Laser off

saving connect buses on supplied to the
mode active cross-connect boards
boards are
disconnected.
All cross-connect
buses on standby
cross-connect
boards are
disconnected.

TDM Unused cross- No power is Laser off

power- connect buses on supplied to the
saving active cross-connect boards
modeb boards are
disconnected.
Unused cross-
connect buses on
standby cross-
connect boards are
disconnected.

a: The normal mode is the default mode.

b: Only the OSN 1800 II Enhanced (Z2UXCL) supports the TDM power-saving
mode.When the TDM power-saving mode is used, OTN boards, packet boards,
and universal line boards are not supported. During the switching from the TDM
power-saving mode to the normal mode, the NE undergoes a cold reset, and
the SDH services are interrupted for 5 to 10 minutes. After the system is
switched to the normal mode, the power consumption of the device increases,
which may exceed the heat dissipation capability of the cabinet. As a result, the
device cannot work properly. Verify that the power consumption does not
exceed the threshold and then perform the switching.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 255

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 11 Power Saving and Environment Protection

Table 11-5 Power-saving measures of 1800 I Enhanced

Power- Power-Saving Measure

Saving
Mode Unused Cross- Unused Boards Unused Ports
Connect Buses

Normal Unused cross- No power is Laser on

mode connect buses on supplied to the
service boards are boards
disconnected.

The following describes the power-saving measures:

● Unused cross-connect buses:

– When the active and standby cross-connect boards are powered on, all
cross-connect buses are in the disconnected state by default.
– When a logical board is created on the NMS for a service board, the SCC
board determines the cross-connect buses that need to be connected
based on the capacity of the service board and instructs the cross-
connect board to connect these cross-connect buses.
– When the logical board of a service board is deleted, the SCC board
instructs the cross-connect boards to disconnect the cross-connect buses
leading to the service board slot based on the capacity of the service
board.
● Warm backup for cross-connect boards: Cross-connect board supports warm
backup. When the active cross-connect board is functioning properly, the
standby cross-connect board works in warm backup state for the power
saving purpose. When the active cross-connect board is malfunctioning, the
standby cross-connect board enters the hot backup state and then takes over
as the active cross-connect board.
● Unused boards:
Before logical boards are added, service boards and cross-connect boards
automatically enter the power saving state, and no power is supplied to the
boards.
● Unused ports: When services or logical ports are not configured, the lasers at
unused ports are turned off for the power-saving purpose.
Heat dissipation is also an effective way for the WDM equipment to save
power. It provides an adjustable fan speed mode and an auto fan speed
mode. In auto mode, the WDM equipment automatically performs separate
and stepless fan speed adjustment for each section based on the board
temperature in that section. For example, the speed of the fans in the low-
temperature section is automatically adjusted to a low level for power saving.
In adjustable mode, the fan speed can be manually set to three levels: low
speed, medium speed, and high speed.

11.1.3 Control and Monitoring of Power Saving Status

The NMS enables users to control and monitor the power saving status.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 256

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 11 Power Saving and Environment Protection

● On the NMS, users can query the nominal NE power consumption, current NE
power consumption, nominal chassis power consumption, current chassis
power consumption, nominal board power consumption, and current board
power consumption.
● The NMS provides a report of network-wide NE power information, such as
the nominal power consumption, current power consumption, mean power
saved, and annual power saved of each NE.
● On the NMS, users can set a power consumption threshold.
NOTE

● If the threshold is set to 16 A, you cannot add a board with high power consumption,
such as an EM20 board.
● When the threshold is changed from a value greater than 16 A to 16 A, boards with
high power consumption still work properly but the NE reports an NE_POWER_OVER
alarm.

11.2 Energy Saving (1800 I&II Compact/1800 II TP)

The WDM equipment supports control and monitoring of dynamic energy
conservation.

Static Energy Conservation

The following measures for energy conservation are taken during design of the
WDM equipment:
● Adopt an easy scheme for board design.
● Use the ASIC with low power consumption to substitute for an ordinary chip.
● Use the power module with high efficiency.
● Use the switching power supply to substitute for the linear power supply.
● Use the standard digital voltage.

Dynamic Energy Conservation

● Board energy conservation (power down) design:
A board enters power saving state by default after the logical board of the
board is created on the NMS.
– The idle optical modules are in power saving state. No power is
consumed in this state.
– The idle channels are in Unused state. No power is consumed in this
state.
– The idle logic processing module and the idle encapsulation/
decapsulation module do not consume power.
● Idle ports are power saving. On the NMS, after Idle Ports is set to Enable
Power Saving and in the WDM port, the Path Use Status of the board is set
to Unused, the ports which are not configured with services on the service
board are in power saving state. That is, a port in power saving state
consumes little power.
● Heat dissipation design:

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 257

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 11 Power Saving and Environment Protection

The WDM equipment provides two modes of fan speed adjustment:

Adjustable Speed Mode and Auto Speed Mode.
– In Auto Speed Mode, the speeds of the fans in different partitions are
adjusted separately and steplessly according to the board temperatures of
the partitions. The speed of the fans in the low-temperature partition is
automatically adjusted to a low level for energy conservation.
– In Adjustable Speed Mode, the fan speed can be set to five levels: Low
Speed, Mid-Low Speed, Medium Speed, Mid-High Speed, and High
Speed.
NOTE

For details about the fan speed adjustment scheme, see the "Functions and Features"
of the FAN board.

Control and Monitoring of Energy Conservation

The NMS controls and monitors the status of energy conservation.
● The Nominal Power Consumption(W) of an NE, Current Power
Consumption(W) of an NE, Nominal Power Consumption(W) of a board,
and Current Power Consumption(W) of a board can be queried in real time.
● The states of the Idle Portson an NE can be set for energy conservation.
● The power consumption of each NE on the network can be queried. That is,
the Nominal Power Consumption(W), Current Power Consumption(W),
Mean Power Saved(W), and Power Saved In a Year(kWh) of each NE can
be queried.

11.3 Environment Protection

OSN 1800 is designed to ensure sustainable development. All parts and packaging
comply with related standards and can be recycled and reused properly.
● Huawei guarantees that the volume of the package containing the OSN 1800
and its accessories is not more than three times that of the equipment.
● The OSN 1800 is designed for easy disassembling.
● Huawei labels all mechanical plastic parts over 25 g according to the
standards of ISO 11469 and ISO 1043-1 to ISO 1043-4. All components and
packaging are provided with standard labels to facilitate recycling and reuse.
● Plugs and connectors are included with the equipment. Users can operate
them with ordinary tools.
● All labels on the equipment can be easily removed. Some identification
information like silkscreen markings is printed directly on to the front panels
or chassis.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 258

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

12 Environment Requirement

The WDM equipment is applicable to the Common Bonding Network (CBN)

system. The WDM equipment is suitable for the installation in a center equipment
room for communications.

12.1 Storage Environment

The storage environment complies with ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 and NEBS GR-63-
CORE.
12.2 Transport Environment
The transport environment complies with ETSI EN 300 019-1-2 and NEBS GR-63-
CORE.
12.3 Operation Environment
The operation environment complies with ETSI EN 300 019-1-3, NEBS GR-63-
CORE, and YD/T 1821-2008.

12.1 Storage Environment

The storage environment complies with ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 and NEBS GR-63-
CORE.

Climate
Table 12-1 lists the climate requirements for the storage of the WDM equipment.

Table 12-1 Climate requirements for the storage of the WDM equipment

Item Requirement

Temperature -40°C to +70°C

Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Temperature change rate ≤ 1°C/min

Air pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa

Solar radiation ≤ 1120 W/m2

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Item Requirement

Heat radiation ≤ 600 W/m2

Waterproof Requirement
Requirement for storing equipment on the customer site: Generally, the equipment
must be stored indoors.
No water should remain on the floor or leak to the equipment carton. The
equipment should be placed away from places where water leakage is possible,
such as near the automatic fire-fighting facilities and heating facilities.
If the equipment is stored outdoors, the following conditions must be met.
● The carton must be intact.
● Required rainproof measures must be taken to prevent water from entering
the carton.
● No water is on the ground where the carton is placed.
● The carton must be free from direct exposure to sunshine.

Biological Environment
● Prevent reproduction of microbe, such as eumycete and mycete.
● Take anti-rodent measures.

Air Cleanness
● The air must be free from explosive, electric-conductive, magnetic-conductive
or corrosive dust.
● The density of the mechanical active substances complies with the
requirements defined in Table 12-2.
● The density of the chemical active substances complies with the requirements
defined in Table 12-3.

Table 12-2 Density requirements for mechanical active substances during storage
Mechanical Active Substance Content

Suspending dust ≤ 5.00 mg/m3

Precipitable dust ≤ 20.0 mg/(m2·h)

Gravel ≤ 300 mg/m3

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 260

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Table 12-3 Density requirements for chemical active substances during storage

Chemical Active Substance Content

SO2 ≤ 0.30 mg/m3

H2S ≤0.10 mg/m3

NO2 ≤0.50 mg/m3

NH3 ≤1.00 mg/m3

Cl2 ≤0.10 mg/m3

HCl ≤0.10 mg/m3

HF ≤0.01 mg/m3

O3 ≤0.05 mg/m3

Mechanical Stress
Table 12-4 lists the requirements of mechanical stress for storage.

Table 12-4 Requirements of mechanical stress for storage

Item Specification

Random ASD - 0.02 m2/s3 -

vibration
Frequency 5 Hz to 10 10 Hz to 50 Hz 50 Hz to
range Hz 100 Hz

dB/oct 12 - -12

12.2 Transport Environment

The transport environment complies with ETSI EN 300 019-1-2 and NEBS GR-63-
CORE.

Climate
Table 12-5 lists climate requirements for transportation.

Table 12-5 Climate requirements for transportation

Item Requirement

Temperature -40°C to +70°C

Relative humidity 5% to 95%

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Item Requirement

Temperature ≤ 1°C/min
change rate

Atmospheric 55 kPa to 106 kPa

pressure

Solar radiation ≤ 1120 W/m2

Heat radiation ≤ 600 W/m2

Waterproof Requirement
The following conditions must be met for transportation.
● The carton must be intact.
● Required rainproof measures must be taken so that the water does not enter
the cartons.
● There must be no water on the transportation tools.

Biological Environment
● Avoid reproduction of microbe, such as eumycete and mycete.
● Take anti-rodent measures.

Air Cleanness
● The air must be free from explosive, electric-conductive, magnetic-conductive
or corrosive dust.
● The density of the mechanical active substances complies with the
requirements defined in Table 12-6.
● The density of the chemical active substances complies with the requirements
defined in Table 12-7.

Table 12-6 Density requirements for mechanical active substances during

transportation
Mechanical Active Substance Content

Suspending dust ≤ 5.00 mg/m3

Precipitable dust ≤ 3.0 mg/(m2·h)

Gravel ≤100 mg/m3

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Table 12-7 Density requirements for chemical active substances during

transportation
Chemical Active Substance Content

SO2 ≤ 1.00 mg/m3

H2S ≤ 0.50 mg/m3

NO2 ≤ 1.00 mg/m3

HCl ≤ 0.50 mg/m3

NH3 ≤ 3.00 mg/m3

HF ≤ 0.03 mg/m3

O3 ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

Cl2 -

Mechanical Stress
Table 12-8 lists the requirements of mechanical stress for transportation.

Table 12-8 Requirements of mechanical stress for transportation

Item Sub-Item Specification

Random ASD 1 m2/s3 -3 dB/oct

vibration
Frequency range 5 Hz to 20 Hz 20 Hz to 200
Hz

Bump Shock spectrum 100 m/s2, 11 ms, 100 in each direction

type I (mass > 50
kg)

Shock spectrum 180 m/s2, 6 ms, 100 in each direction

type II (mass ≤ 50
kg)

Direction of bump 6

12.3 Operation Environment

The operation environment complies with ETSI EN 300 019-1-3, NEBS GR-63-
CORE, and YD/T 1821-2008.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 263

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Climate

Table 12-9 Requirements on temperature and humidity during operation of 1800

V/1800 II Enhanced/1800 II Pro/1800 V Pro
Temperature Relative Humidity

Long-term operating temperature: -5°C Long–term operating humidity: 5%

to 50°Ca to 85%

Short-term operating temperature: -10°C Short-term operating humidity: 5%

to 55°C to 95%
NOTE
● If the equipment is installed in the cabinet, the effect of radiation can be ignored. If the
equipment is installed outdoors, proper protection should be provided for the
equipment against the radiation.
● The temperature and relative humidity are measured at the air intake vent of the
equipment.
● A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive hours and the total time of short-
term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.
a: Some boards have high requirements on temperature. For details, see slot
introduction of boards.

Table 12-10 Requirements on temperature and humidity during operation of 1800

I Enhanced
Temperature Relative Humidity

Long-term operating temperature: -5°C Long–term operating humidity: 5%

to 65°C to 85%

Short-term operating temperature: -20°C Short-term operating humidity: 5%

to 65°C to 95%
NOTE
● If the equipment is installed in the cabinet, the effect of radiation can be ignored. If the
equipment is installed outdoors, proper protection should be provided for the
equipment against the radiation.
● The temperature and relative humidity are measured at the air intake vent of the
equipment.
● A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive hours and the total time of short-
term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.
● The boards can work at a temperature ranging from 55°C to 65°C only when housing
industrial-level optical modules.
● If the device runs at a temperature ranging from –5°C to +55°C, commercial optical
modules can be used. If the device runs at a temperature ranging from –20°C to +65°C,
industrial optical modules must be used.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 264

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Table 12-11 Requirements on temperature and humidity of OSN 1800 I&II

Compact/1800 II TP

Temperature Relative Humidity

Long-term operating temperature: -5°C Long-term operating humidity: 5%

to 55°Ca to 85%

Short-term operating temperature: -10°C Short-term operating humidity: 5%

to 55°C to 95%
NOTE
● If the equipment is installed in the cabinet, the effect of radiation can be ignored. If the
equipment is installed outdoors, proper protection should be provided for the
equipment against the radiation.
● The temperature and relative humidity are measured at the air intake vent of the
equipment.
● A short term refers to a maximum of 96 consecutive hours and the total time of short-
term operating in a year cannot exceed 15 days.
● Certain boards can work properly under extremely high or low temperature. For details
of these boards, see 5.10 Temperature-Hardened Feature (1800 I&II Compact).
a: Some boards have high requirements on temperature. For details, see slot
introduction of boards.

To improve equipment reliability, ensure that the equipment room is equipped

with a precise air conditioner, which controls temperature and humidity within the
following ranges:

● Temperature range: 15°C to 30°C

● Humidity range: 40% to 75%
NOTE

Do not install an air conditioner right above equipment, to prevent air blowing directly
from the air conditioner vent into the equipment. Install an air conditioner as far away
from a window as possible, to prevent humid air blowing from the window to the
equipment.

Table 12-12 Requirements on climate during operation

Item Requirement

Altitude -60 m to +4000 m

Temperature ≤ 0.5°C/min
change rate

Wind speed ≤ 5 m/s

Atmospheric 70 kPa to 106 kPa

pressure

Solar radiation ≤ 700 W/m2

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 265

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Item Requirement

Heat radiation ≤ 600 W/m2

NOTE

Between 1800 m and 4000 m of altitude, the equipment operating temperature decreases
by 1°C for every increase of 220 m in altitude.

Dustproof / Waterproof Requirements

The protection level of the OSN 1800 is IP20.

Protection Item Specifications

Dustproof Prevents fingers from contacting internal electrical parts

and provides protection against medium-sized foreign
objects with a diameter greater than 12.5 mm.

Waterproof None

Ensure that no water remains on the indoor floor or in the outdoor cabinet and no
water is leaked, splashed, or evaporated to devices. You must keep devices away
from fire hydrants, heating devices, air conditioners, windows, and other humid
areas.
Ensure that the equipment room and outdoor cabinet are sealed, no direct air
convection exists in the equipment room or cabinet, and the cable inlet and outlet
holes are sealed.

Biological Environment
● Avoid reproduction of microbe, such as eumycete and mycete.
● Take anti-rodent measures.

Air Cleanness
● The air must be free from explosive, electric-conductive, magnetic-conductive
or corrosive dust.
● The density of the mechanical active substances complies with the
requirements defined in Table 12-13.
● The density of the chemical active substances complies with the requirements
defined in Table 12-14.
● Requirements on the sulfuration level of equipment room environments:
According to the ISA-S71.04 standard of the Instrument Society of America
and the thickness of the corrosion layer accumulated on a copper sheet, the
sulfuration corrosion severities of equipment rooms can be classified into G1,
G2, G3, and GX. The telecom equipment room must meet the G1 level, which
has been widely accepted and applied in the industry.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 266

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

Table 12-13 Density restrictions for mechanical active substances during operation
Mechanical Active Substance Content

Suspending dust ≤ 0.4 mg/m3

Precipitable dust ≤ 15 mg/(m2·h)

Gravel ≤ 300 mg/m3

Table 12-14 Density requirements for chemical active substances during operation
Chemical Active Substance Content

NOx ≤ 0.50 mg/m3

NH3 ≤ 1.00 mg/m3

Cl2 ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

HCl ≤ 0.10 mg/m3

HF ≤ 0.01 mg/m3

O3 ≤ 0.05 mg/m3

Mechanical Stress
Table 12-15 lists the requirements of mechanical stress for operation.

Table 12-15 Requirements for mechanical stress during operation

Item Sub-Item Specification

Sinusoidal Velocity 5 mm/s -

vibration
Acceleration - 2 m/s2

Frequency range 5 Hz to 62 62 Hz to 200 Hz

Hz

Shock Shock response Half-sine waveform, 30 m/s2, 11 ms, 3

spectrum II in each direction
NOTE
A shock response spectrum is a graphical representation of an arbitrary transient
acceleration input, such as shock in terms of how the equipment responds to that input.

SOP Tolerance of Coherent Transmission Systems

State of polarization (SOP) is subject to the amplitude ratio of electric field
strength and the phase difference between two independent oscillation directions

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 267

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 12 Environment Requirement

(referred to as polarization directions) that are perpendicular to the optical

transmission direction. The fiber loss, latency, dispersion, and nonlinear effect vary
depending on polarization directions, and the amplitude ratio and phase
difference between two polarization directions change accordingly. Therefore, SOP
also changes.
In a coherent system, two polarization directions x and y are used to transmit
services. The receiver must accurately trace the two polarization directions and
compensate for their SOP changes in a timely manner during fiber transmission,
so that the signals from the transmitter can be correctly restored. The maximum
SOP change rate that can be tolerated by the receiver is the SOP change rate
tolerance, also called SOP tolerance for short.
During optical fiber transmission, the SOP change rate of optical signals is closely
related to the operating environment. Aerial optical cables are more prone to
high-speed SOP changes within a short period of time than underground optical
cables.
To deploy a beyond 100G or 100G coherent transmission system, pay attention to
the following:
● Underground optical cables are recommended.
● If aerial optical cables must be used, you must set the hold-off time of routers
to a large value to prevent the frequent switchovers of routers. The
recommended value is greater than or equal to 200 ms. In addition, you are
advised to configure SNCP to prevent service loss caused by SOP threshold
crossing.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 268

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

13 Complied Standards

This topic lists the standards that the WDM equipment complies with.

13.1 ANSI Standards

This topic describes the ANSI standards that the WDM equipment complies with.
13.2 EMC Standards
This topic lists the EMC standards that the WDM equipment complies with.
13.3 Environment-Related Standards
This topic lists the environment-related standards that the WDM equipment
complies with.
13.4 Fireproofing Standards
This topic lists the fireproofing-related standards that the WDM equipment
complies with.
13.5 Grounding Standards
This topic lists the grounding-related standards that the WDM equipment
complies with.
13.6 IEEE Standards
This topic lists the IEEE standards that the WDM equipment complies with.
13.7 IETF Standards
This topic lists the IETF standards that the WDM equipment complies.
13.8 ITU-T Standards
This topic lists the ITU-T standards that the WDM equipment complies.
13.9 International Standards
This topic lists the international standards that the WDM equipment complies
with.
13.10 Laser Safety Standards
This topic lists the laser safety standards that the WDM equipment complies.
13.11 MEF Standards
This topic lists the MEF standards that the WDM equipment complies with.
13.12 Noise-related Standard
This topic lists the noise-related standards that the WDM equipment complies
with.

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 269

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

13.13 Safety-related Standards

This topic lists the safety-related standards that the WDM equipment complies.
13.14 EIA Standards
This topic lists the EIA standards that the WDM equipment complies with.

13.1 ANSI Standards

This topic describes the ANSI standards that the WDM equipment complies with.

ANSI Standards Description

ANSI T1.105 Synchronous Optical Network

(SONET) - Basic Description including
Multiplex Structure, Rates, and
Formats

ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber

Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) -
Token Ring Media Access Control
(MAC)

ANSI X3.148 Information Systems - Fiber

Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) -
Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol
(PHY)

ANSI X3.166 Information Systems - Fiber

Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)
Physical Layer Medium Dependent
(PMD)

ANSI X3.296 SBCON (ESCON): FICON

ANSI X3.230 Fiber channel - physical and signaling

interface (FC-PH)

ANSI X3.303 Fiber channel 3rd- Generation Physical

interface (FC-PH3)

13.2 EMC Standards

This topic lists the EMC standards that the WDM equipment complies with.

Standard Description

Testing and measurement techniques

of electrostatic discharge immunity
IEC Publication 1000-4-2 test

Radiated RF electromagnetic field

IEC Publication 1000-4-3 immunity test

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 270

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Standard Description

Testing and measurement techniques

of electrical fast transients/burst
IEC Publication 1000-4-4 immunity test

IEC Publication 1000-4-6 Immunity to conducted disturbances

Information technology equipment –

Radio disturbance characteristics-
EN 55022 Limits and methods of measurement

EN 55024 Information technology equipment –

Immunity characteristics-Limits and
methods of measurement

EN 55032 Electromagnetic Compatibility of

Multimedia Equipment

IEC 61000-4-2 Testing and measurement techniques –

Electrostatic discharge immunity test

IEC 61000-4-3 Testing and measurement techniques –

Radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field immunity test

IEC 61000-4-4 Testing and measurement techniques –

Electrical fast transient/burst immunity
test

IEC 61000-4-5 Testing and measurement techniques –

Surge immunity test

IEC 61000-4-6 Testing and measurement techniques –

Immunity to conducted disturbances,
induced by radio-frequency fields

IEC 61000-4-11 Testing and measurement techniques –

Voltage dips, short interruptions and
voltage variations immunity tests

IEC 61000-4-29 Testing and measurement techniques –

Voltage dips, short interruptions

ETSI EN 300 386 Electromagnetic compatibility and

Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
Telecommunication network
equipment; Electro Magnetic
Compatibility (EMC) requirements

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 271

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Standard Description

ETSI EN 201468 Electromagnetic compatibility and

Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
Additional ElectroMagnetic
Compatibility (EMC)
telecommunications equipment for
enhanced availability of service in
specific applications

ETSI EN 300127 Electromagnetic compatibility and

Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
Radiated emission testing of physically
large telecommunication systems

GR-1089-CORE Electromagnetic compatibility and

electrical safety – generic criteria for
network telecommunications
equipment

EN 61000-3-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) –

Part 3-2: Limits – Limits emissions
(equipment input current up to and
including 16 A per phase) – (IEC
61000-for harmonic current 3-2:2005 +
A1:2008 + A2:2009)

EN 61000-3-11 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) –

Part 3-11: Limits – voltage fluctuations
and flicker in public low-voltage
supply systems – Equipment Limitation
of voltage changes, with rated current
<= 75 A and subject to conditional
connection

IEC 61000-6-5 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) -

Part 6-5: Generic standards - Immunity
for equipment used in power station
and substation environment

EN 50121-1 Railway applications - Electromagnetic

compatibility - Part 1: General

EN 50121-3-2 Railway applications - Electromagnetic

compatibility - Part 3-2: Rolling stock -
Apparatus

EN 50121-4 Railway applications - Electromagnetic

compatibility - Part 4: Emission and
immunity of the signalling and
telecommunications apparatus

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 272

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

13.3 Environment-Related Standards

This topic lists the environment-related standards that the WDM equipment
complies with.

Standard Description

ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 Environmental Engineering (EE)

Environmental conditions and
environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment
Part 1-1: Classification of
environmental conditions: Storage
Class 1.1: Weather protected, partly
temperature-controlled storage
locations
Class 1.2: Weather protected, not
temperature-controlled storage
locations

ETSI EN 300 019-1-2 Environmental Engineering (EE)

Environmental conditions and
environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment
Part 1-2: Classification of
environmental conditions:
Transportation
Class 2.1: Very careful transportation
Class 2.2: Careful transportation

ETSI EN 300 019-1-3 Environmental Engineering (EE)

Environmental conditions and
environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment
Part 1-3: Classification of
environmental conditions: Stationary
use at weather protected locations
Class 3.1: Temperature-controlled
locations
Class 3.2: Partly temperature-
controlled location

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 273

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Standard Description

ETSI EN 300 019-2-3 Equipment Engineering (EE);

Environmental conditions and
environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment
Part 2-3: Specification of
environmental tests Stationary use at
weather protected locations

IEC 60068-2 Basic Environmental Testing

Procedures

IEC 60721-2-6 Environmental conditions appearing in

nature - Earthquake vibration

IEC 60721-3-1 Classification of environmental

conditions - Part 3: Classification of
groups of environmental parameters
and their severities - Section 1: Storage

IEC 60721-3-3 Classification of environmental

conditions - Part 3: Classification of
groups of environmental parameters
and their severities - Section 3:
Stationary use at weather protected
locations

ETSI EN 300 753 Equipment Engineering (EE)

Acoustic noise emitted by
telecommunications equipment

NEBS GR-63-CORE Network Equipment-Building System

(NEBS) Requirements: Physical
Protection

ROHS Restriction of the use of certain

hazardous substance in electrical and
electronic equipment.

13.4 Fireproofing Standards

This topic lists the fireproofing-related standards that the WDM equipment
complies with.

Fireproofing Standard Description

EN 60950 (Europe) Safety of information technology

equipment

ANSI/UL 60950 Safety of information technology

equipment

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 274

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Fireproofing Standard Description

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.950-95 (North Audio, video and similar electronic

America) equipment

IEC 60950 (International) Safety of information technology

equipment

73/23/EEC (Europe) Low voltage directive

13.5 Grounding Standards

This topic lists the grounding-related standards that the WDM equipment
complies with.

Grounding Standards Description

ETS 300 253 Earthing and bonding of

telecommunication equipment in
telecommunication centers

GR 1089 CORE Electromagnetic Compatibility and

Electrical Safety - Generic Criteria for
Network Telecommunications
Equipment

13.6 IEEE Standards

This topic lists the IEEE standards that the WDM equipment complies with.

Code Name

IEEE 802.1d Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges

IEEE 802.1q Virtual bridged local area networks

IEEE 802.1AX Local and metropolitan area networks-

Link Aggregation

IEEE 802.1ab Station and Media Access Control

Connectivity Discovery

IEEE 802.1ad Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks

Amendment 4: Provider Bridges, QinQ

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 275

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

IEEE 802.3ah Carrier Sense Multiple Access with

Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access
Method and Physical Layer
Specifications Amendment: Media
Access Control Parameters, Physical
Layers, and Management Parameters
for Subscriber Access Networks

IEEE 802.1ag Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks-

Amendment 5: Connectivity Fault
Management

IEEE 802.1p LAN Layer 2 QoS/CoS Protocol for

Traffic Prioritization

IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Trees

IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with

collision detection (CSMA/CD) access
method and physical layer
specification

IEEE 802.3u Type 100BASE-T MAC parameters,

Physical Layer, MAUs, and Repeater for
100 Mb/s Operation

IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex Operation and Type

100BASE-T2

IEEE 802.1w Rapid Reconfiguration of Spanning

Tree

IEEE 802.3ad Aggregation of multiple link segments

IEEE 802.3z Media Access Control (MAC)

parameters, physical Layer, repeater
and management parameters for 1000
Mb/s operation

IEEE 802.3ae Media Access Control (MAC)

parameters, physical Layer, and
management parameters for 10Gb/s
operation

IEEE 802.3ab Carrier Sense Multiple Access with

Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access
Method and Physical Layer
Specifications - Physical Layer
Parameters and Specifications for 1000
Mb/s Operation over 4 pair of
Category 5 Balanced Copper Cabling,
Type 1000BASE-T

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 276

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

IEEE 1588v2 IEEE Standard for a Precision Clock

Synchronization Protocol for
Networked Measurement and Control
Systems

IEEE 1613 Environmental and Testing

Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in
Electric Power Substation
NOTE
The power supply to the equipment must
be less than 50 V only when the IEEE 1613
standard in the electric power industry is
complied with. (There is no power supply
requirement when other standards are
used.) The equipment must use dedicate
backup power system for communication
devices and cannot share the same backup
power system with electric equipment.

13.7 IETF Standards

This topic lists the IETF standards that the WDM equipment complies.

IETF Standards Describes

RFC 894 A Standard for the Transmission of IP

Datagrams over Ethernet Networks

RFC 2697 A Single Rate Three Color Marker

RFC 2702 Requirements for traffic engineering

over MPLS

RFC 4541 Considerations for Internet Group

Management Protocol (IGMP) and
Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD)
Snooping Switches

RFC 6136 L2VPN OAM requirements and

framework

RFC 4664 Framework for layer 2 virtual private

networks (L2VPNs)

RFC 3031 MPLS architecture

RFC 3032 MPLS label stack encoding

RFC 3443 Time to live (TTL) processing in multi-

protocol label switching (MPLS)
networks

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 277

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

IETF Standards Describes

RFC 3916 Requirements for pseudo-wire

emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3)

RFC 3985 Pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge

(PWE3) architecture

RFC 4385 Pseudowire emulation edge-to-edge

(PWE3) control word for use over an
MPLS PSN

RFC 4446 IANA allocations for pseudowire edge

to edge emulation (PWE3)

RFC 0826 Ethernet address resolution protocol

RFC 3270 Multi-protocol label switching (MPLS)

support of differentiated services

RFC 4448 Encapsulation methods for transport

of Ethernet over MPLS networks

RFC 5085 Pseudo wire virtual circuit connectivity

verification (VCCV)

RFC 5254 Requirements for Multi-Segment

Pseudowire Emulation Edge-to-Edge
(PWE3)

RFC 3644 Policy quality of service (QoS)

Information model

RFC 2212 Specification of guaranteed quality of

service

RFC 2474 Definition of the differentiated services

field (DS Field) in the IPv4 and IPv6
headers

RFC 2475 An architecture for differentiated

services

RFC 2597 Assured forwarding PHB group

RFC 2684 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM

Adaptation Layer 5

RFC 2698 A two rate three color marker

RFC 3140 Per hop behavior identification codes

RFC 3246 An expedited forwarding PHB (Per-hop

behavior)

RFC 3270 Multi-protocol label switching (MPLS)

support of differentiated services

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 278

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

IETF Standards Describes

RFC 3670 Information model for describing

network device QoS datapath
mechanisms

RFC 4720 Pseudowire emulation edge-to-edge

(PWE3) frame check sequence
retention

RFC 5462 Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Label Stack Entry: "EXP" Field
Renamed to "Traffic Class" Field

RFC 5586 MPLS generic associated channel

RFC 5654 Requirements of an MPLS transport

profile

RFC 5921 A framework for MPLS in transport

networks

RFC 5860 Requirements for operations,

administration, and maintenance
(OAM) in MPLS transport networks

RFC 5960 MPLS Transport Profile Data Plane

Architecture

RFC 5659 An Architecture for Multi-Segment

Pseudowire Emulation Edge-to-Edge

RFC 5950 Network Management Framework for

MPLS-based Transport Networks

RFC 5951 Network Management Requirements

for MPLS-based Transport Networks

RFC 6215 MPLS Transport Profile User-to-

Network and Network-to-Network
Interfaces

RFC 6291 Guidelines for the Use of the "OAM"

Acronym in the IETF

RFC 6370 MPLS Transport Profile (MPLS-TP)

Identifiers

RFC 6371 Operations, Administration, and

Maintenance Framework for MPLS-
Based Transport Networks

RFC 6423 Using the Generic Associated Channel

Label for Pseudowire in the MPLS

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 279

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

IETF Standards Describes

RFC 6671 Allocation of a Generic Associated

Channel Type for ITU-T MPLS
Transport Profile Operation,
Maintenance, and Administration
(MPLS-TP OAM)

RFC 6723 Update of the Pseudowire Control-

Word Negotiation Mechanism

RFC 6923 MPLS-TP Identifiers Following ITU-T

Conventions

13.8 ITU-T Standards

This topic lists the ITU-T standards that the WDM equipment complies.

Recommendations on Architectures
Code Name

ITU-T G.803 Architectures of transport networks based on the

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G.805 Generic functional architecture of transport networks

ITU-T G.841 Types and characteristics of SDH network protection

architectures

ITU-T G.842 Interworking of SDH network protection architectures

ITU-T G.871 Framework for optical transport network

Recommendations

ITU-T G.872 Architecture of optical transport networks

ITU-T G.772 Protected monitoring points provided on digital

transmission systems

ITU-T G8080/Y.1304 Architecture for the automatically switched optical

network

Recommendations on Physical-Layer Features

Code Name

ITU-T G.652 Characteristics of a single-mode optical fiber cable

ITU-T G.655 Characteristics of a non-zero dispersion-shifted single-

mode optical fiber and cable

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 280

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T G.671 Transmission characteristics of optical components and

subsystems

ITU-T G.661 Definition and test methods for the relevant generic
parameters of optical amplifier devices and subsystems

ITU-T G.662 Generic characteristics of optical amplifier devices and

subsystems

ITU-T G.663 Application related aspects of optical amplifier devices

and sub-systems

ITU-T G.664 Optical safety procedures and requirements for optical

transport systems

ITU-T G.665 Generic Characteristics of Raman Amplifiers and Raman

Amplified Subsystems

ITU-T G.671 Transmission characteristics of optical components and

subsystems

ITU-T G.691 Optical ports for single channel STM-64 and other SDH
systems with optical amplifiers

ITU-T G.692 Optical ports for multichannel systems with optical

amplifiers

ITU-T G.693 Optical ports for intra-office systems

ITU-T G.694.1 Spectral grids for WDM applications: DWDM frequency

grid

ITU-T G.694.2 Spectral grids for WDM applications: CWDM frequency

grid

ITU-T G.695 Optical ports for coarse wavelength division multiplexing

applications

ITU-T G.696.1 Intra-Domain DWDM applications

ITU-T G.697 Optical monitoring for DWDM systems

ITU-T G.698.2 Amplified multichannel DWDM applications with single

channel optical interfaces

ITU-T G.703 Physical/electrical characteristic of hierarchical digital

ports

ITU-T G.712 Transmission performance characteristics of pulse code

modulation channels

ITU-T G.806 Characteristics of transport equipment – Description

methodology and generic functionality

ITU-T G.957 Optical ports of equipment and systems relating to the

synchronous digital hierarchy

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 281

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T G.958 Digital line systems based on the synchronous digital

hierarchy for use on optical fiber cables

ITU-T G.959.1 Optical transport network physical layer ports

Recommendations on Structures and Mappings

Code Name

ITU-T G.702 Digital hierarchy bit rates

ITU-T G.704 Synchronous frame structures used at 1544, 6312, 2048,

8448, and 44736 kbit/s hierarchical levels

ITU-T G.706 Frame alignment and cyclic redundancy check (CRC)

procedures relating to basic frame structures defined in
Recommendation G.704

ITU-T G.707 Network node port for the synchronous digital hierarchy
(SDH)

ITU-T G.708 Sub STM-0 network node interface for the synchronous
digital hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G.709 Ports for the Optical Transport Network (OTN)

ITU-T G.7041/Y.1303 Generic Framing Procedure (GFP)

Recommendations on Equipment Functions and Features

Code Name

ITU-T G.783 Characteristics of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

equipment functional blocks

ITU-T G.798 Characteristics of optical transport network hierarchy

equipment functional blocks

ITU-T G.813 Timing characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks

(SEC)

ITU-T G.975 Forward error correction for submarine systems

ITU-T G.975.1 Forward error correction for high bit rate DWDM
submarine systems

ITU-T G.780 Vocabulary of terms for synchronous digital

hierarchy(SDH) networks and equipment

ITU-T G.781 Synchronization layer functions

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 282

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T G.782 Types and Characteristics of Synchronous Digital

Hierarchy (SDH)

ITU-T G.810 Definitions and terminology for synchronization

networks

ITU-T G.811 Timing characteristics of primary reference clocks

ITU-T G.812 Timing requirements of slave clocks suitable for use as

node clocks in synchronization networks

ITU-T Q.812 Protocol profile for electronic communications interactive

agent

ITU-T M.2120 International multi-operator paths, sections and

transmission systems fault detection and localization
procedures

Recommendations on Network Protection

Code Name

ITU-T G.8032/Y.1344 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching

ITU-T G.808.1 Generic protection switching-Linear trail and subnetwork

protection

ITU-T G.808.2 Generic protection switching – Ring protection

ITU-T G.873.1 Optical Transport Network(OTN): Linear protection

Recommendations on Jitter and Performance

Code Name

ITU-T G.742 Second order digital multiplex equipment operating at

8448 kbit/s and using positive justification

ITU-T G.751 Digital multiplex equipments operating at the third order

bit rate of 34 368 kbit/s and the fourth order bit rate of
139 264 kbit/s and using positive justification

ITU-T G.823 The control of jitter and wander within digital networks
which are based on the 2048kbit/s hierarchy

ITU-T G.824 The control of jitter and wander within digital networks
which are based on the 1544kbit/s hierarchy

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 283

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T G.825 The control of jitter and wander within digital networks
which are based on the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
(SDH)

ITU-T G.826 Error performance parameters and objectives for

international, constant bit rate digital paths at or above
the primary rate

ITU-T G.8201 Error performance parameters and objectives for multi-

operator international paths within the Optical Transport
Network (OTN)

ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361 Timing and synchronization aspects in Packet Networks

ITU-T G.8262/Y.1362 Timing characteristics of synchronous Ethernet

equipment slave clock

ITU-T M.2401 Error performance limits and procedures for bringing-

into-service and maintenance of multiple operator
international paths and sections within an optical
transport network

ITU-T G.828 Error performance parameters and objectives for

international, constant bit rate synchronous digital paths

ITU-T G.829 Error performance events for SDH multiplex and

regenerator sections

ITU-T G.8251 Control of jitter and wander within the optical transport
network (OTN)

Recommendations on Equipment Management

Code Name

ITU-T G.7710 Equipment Management Function(EMF) requirements

that are common to multiple transport technologies

ITU-T G.773 Protocol suites for Q-interfaces for management of

transmission systems

ITU-T G.774 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) management

information model for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.1 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) Bidirectional

performance monitoring for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.2 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) Configuration of the

payload structure for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.3 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) Management of

multiplex-section protection for the network element
view

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 284

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T G.774.4 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) Management of the

subnetwork connection protection for the network
element view

ITU-T G.774.5 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) Management of

connection supervision functionality(HCS/LCS) for the
network element view

ITU-T G.774.6 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) unidirectional

performance monitoring for the network element view

ITU-T G.774.7 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) management of

lower order path trace and interface labeling for the
network element view

ITU-T G.774.9 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) configuration of

linear multiplex section protection for the network
element view

ITU-T G.774.10 Synchronous digital hierarchy(SDH) configuration of

linear multiplex section protection for the network
element view

ITU-T G.775 Loss of Signal(LOS), Alarm Indication Signal(AIS) and

Remote Defect Indication(RDI) defect detection and
clearance criteria for PDH signals

ITU-T G.784 Synchronous Digital Hierarchy(SDH) management

ITU-T G.8275.1 Precision time protocol telecom profile for phase/time

synchronization with full timing support from the
network

ITU-T G.8273.2 Timing characteristics of telecom boundary clocks and

telecom time slave clocks

ITU-T G.831 Management capabilities of transport networks based on

the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy(SDH)

ITU-T G.870/Y.1352 Terms and definitions for Optical Transport Networks

(OTN)

ITU-T G.874 Management aspects of the optical transport network

element

ITU-T G.875 Optical transport network (OTN) management

information model for the network element view

ITU-T M.3010 Principles for a telecommunication management

network

ITU-T Q.811 Lower layer protocol profiles for the Q3 and X interfaces

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 285

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T X.721 Information Technology - Open Systems Interconnection

- Structure of Management Information: Definition of
Management Information

ITU-T M.20 Maintenance philosophy for telecommunications

networks

ITU-T M.3000 Series Overview of TMN Recommendations

ITU-T Q.921 ISDN user-network interface layer 3 specification for

basic call control. This Recommendation is also included
but not published in I series under alias number I.451

ITU-T Q.931 ISDN user-network interface - Data link layer

specification. This Recommendation is published with the
double number Q.921 and I.441

ITU-T X.21 Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data

Circuit-terminating Equipment for synchronous operation
on public data networks.

Recommendations on Packet Features

Code Name

ITU-T G.8001/Y.1354 Terms and definitions for Ethernet frames over transport

ITU-T G.8010 Architecture of Ethernet layer networks

ITU-T G.8011 Ethernet over Transport - Ethernet services framework

ITU-T G.8011.1 Ethernet private line service

ITU-T G.8011.2 Ethernet virtual private line service

ITU-T G.8011.3 Ethernet Virtual Private LAN Service

ITU-T G.8011.4 Ethernet virtual private rooted multipoint service

ITU-T G.8011.5 Ethernet private LAN service

ITU-T G.8012 Ethernet UNI and Ethernet over transport NNI

ITU-T G.8012.1 Interfaces for the Ethernet Transport Network

ITU-T G.8021 Characteristics of Ethernet transport network equipment

functional blocks

ITU-T G.8101 Terms and definitions for MPLS transport profile

ITU-T G.8110 MPLS layer network architecture

ITU-T G.8110.1 Application of MPLS/MPLS-TP in the transport network

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 286

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T G.8121 Characteristics of transport MPLS equipment functional

blocks

ITU-T G.8112 Interfaces for the transport MPLS (T-MPLS) hierarchy

ITU-T G.8131 Protection switching for transport MPLS (T-MPLS)

networks

ITU-T G.8151 Management aspects of the MPLS-TP network element

ITU-T G.8264 Timing distribution through packet networks

ITU-T Y.1541 Network performance objectives for IP-based services

ITU-T Y.1710 Requirements for OAM functionality for MPLS networks

ITU-T Y.1730 Requirements for OAM functions in Ethernet based

networks and Ethernet services

ITU-T Y.1291 An architectural framework for support of quality of

service (QoS) in packet networks

ITU-T Y.1710 Requirements for OAM functionality for MPLS networks

ITU-T Y.1731/G.8013 OAM functions and mechanisms for Ethernet based

networks

ITU-T G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching

ITU-T G.8113.1 Operations, Administration and Maintenance mechanism

for MPLS-TP networks (G.tpoam)

ITU-T Y.Sup4 Supplement on transport requirements for T-MPLS OAM

and considerations for the application of IETF MPLS
technology

Recommendations on PCM Features

Code Name

ITU-T G.703 Physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital

interfaces

ITU-T G.711 Pulse code modulation (PCM) of voice frequencies

ITU-T G.712 Transmission performance characteristics of pulse code

modulation channels

ITU-T G.732 Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex equipment

operating at 2048 kbit/s

ITU-T X.21 Interface between data terminal equipment and data

circuit-terminating equipment for synchronous operation
on public data networks

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 287

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

ITU-T V.24 List of definitions for interchange circuits between data

terminal equipment (DTE) and data circuit-terminating
equipment (DCE)

ITU-T V.35 Data transmission at 48 kilobits per second using 60-108

kHz group band circuits

13.9 International Standards

This topic lists the international standards that the WDM equipment complies
with.

Standard Description

GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network

(SONET) Transport Systems: Common
generic criteria

GR-1377-CORE SONET OC-192 Systems Generic

Requirements

IEC 61291-1 Optical amplifiers - Part 4:

Multichannel Applications
Performance specification Template

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No 1-M94 Audio, Video and Similar Electronic

Equipment

73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive

IEC 529 Classification of degrees of protection

provided by enclosures (IP Code)

SMPTE 259M Television----SDTV1 Digital Signal/

Data ---- Serial Digital Interface

SMPTE 424M Television----3 Gb/s Signal/Data Serial

Interface

SMPTE 292M Television ---- Bit-Serial Digital

Interface for High-Definition Television
Systems

CENELEC EN 50083-9 Cable networks for television signals,

sound signals and interactive services -
Part 9: Interfaces for CATV/SMATV
headends and similar professional
equipment for DVB/MPEG-2 transport
streams

ETS 300 119 European telecommunication standard

for equipment practice

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 288

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Standard Description

ISO 9001 Quality systems - Model for quality

assurance in design, development,
production, installation and servicing

ISO 9314 Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)

IEC 297 Dimensions of mechanical structures

of the 482.6 mm (19 in) series

13.10 Laser Safety Standards

This topic lists the laser safety standards that the WDM equipment complies.

Code Name

IEC 60825-1 Safety of laser products - Part 1:

Equipment classification, requirements
and user's guide

IEC 60825-2 Safety of laser products - Part 2: Safety

of optical fiber communication
systems

13.11 MEF Standards

This topic lists the MEF standards that the WDM equipment complies with.

MEF Standards Description

Metro Ethernet Network Architecture

MEF 4
Framework Part 1: Generic Framework

MEF 6 Ethernet Services Definitions - Phase I

Abstract Test Suite for Ethernet

MEF 9
Services at the UNI

MEF 10 Ethernet Services Attributes Phase 1

User Network Interface (UNI)

MEF 11
Requirements and Framework

Metro Ethernet Network Architecture

MEF 12 Framework Part 2: Ethernet Services
Layer

Carrier Ethernet Network

MEF 12.2 ArchitectureFramework Part 2:
Ethernet Services Layer

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 289

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

MEF Standards Description

User Network Interface (UNI) Type 1

MEF 13
Implementation Agreement

Abstract Test Suite for Traffic

MEF 14
Management Phase 1

13.12 Noise-related Standard

This topic lists the noise-related standards that the WDM equipment complies
with.

Noise Standard Description

ETSI EN 300 753 Acoustic noise emitted by

telecommunications equipment

The equipment is compliant with the ETSI EN 300 753 class 3.2, and the nominal
acoustic power of the equipment is equal to or lower than 7.2 bels in the attended
telecommunication equipment room.

13.13 Safety-related Standards

This topic lists the safety-related standards that the WDM equipment complies.

Code Name

IEC 60215 Safety requirements for radio

transmitting equipment

EN 60950-1 Safety of Information Technology

Equipment Including Electrical
Business Equipment

IEC 60950-1 Safety of Information Technology

Equipment Including Electrical
Business Equipment

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No 60950-1 Safety of Information Technology

Equipment Including Electrical
Business Equipment

UL 60950-1 3:rd edition Safety of Information

Technology Equipment Including
Electrical Business Equipment

IEC Publication 479-1 Guide on the effects of current passing

through the human body

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 290

OptiX OSN 1800 Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Product Description 13 Complied Standards

Code Name

IS 8437 {1993} Guide on the effects of current passing

through the human body

IS 13252 {1993} Safety of information technology

equipment including electrical business
equipment

EN 60825-1 Safety of laser products - Part 1:

EN 60825-2 Equipment classification and
requirements
IEC 60825-1
Safety of laser products - Part 2: Safety
IEC 60825-2 of optical fibre communication
systems

EN 41003 Particular safety requirements for

IEC 41003 equipment to be connected to
telecommunications networks and/or
a cable distribution system

IEC 61850-3 Communication networks and systems

in substations - Part 3: General
requirements
NOTE
The power supply to the equipment must
be less than 50 V only when the IEC
61850-3 standard in the electric power
industry is complied with. (There is no
power supply requirement when other
standards are used.) The equipment must
use dedicate backup power system for
communication devices and cannot share
the same backup power system with
electric equipment.

13.14 EIA Standards

This topic lists the EIA standards that the WDM equipment complies with.

Standard Description

Interface between data terminal

equipment and data circuit-
terminating equipment employing
EIA RS-232 serial binary data interchange

Electrical characteristics of balanced

EIA RS-422 voltage digital interface circuits

Electrical characteristics of generators

and receivers for use in balanced
EIA RS-485 multipoint systems

Issue 06 (2021-10-30) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 291